From a8b38d4d10e2373fd041dc5c2379580982e9f007 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: hidnplayr Date: Wed, 22 Feb 2012 13:03:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Trying to add new stack to the autobuilder. git-svn-id: svn://kolibrios.org@2370 a494cfbc-eb01-0410-851d-a64ba20cac60 --- data/new-stack/File Managers/eolite.ini | 42 + data/new-stack/File Managers/icons.ini | 141 + data/new-stack/File Managers/kfar.ini | 71 + data/new-stack/File Managers/kfm.ini | 191 ++ data/new-stack/Makefile | 349 +++ data/new-stack/Makefile.cmm | 15 + data/new-stack/Makefile.copy | 6 + data/new-stack/Makefile.fasm | 52 + data/new-stack/Makefile.gcc | 8 + data/new-stack/Makefile.msvc | 13 + data/new-stack/Makefile.nasm | 16 + data/new-stack/autorun.dat | 17 + data/new-stack/background.gif | Bin 0 -> 1226 bytes data/new-stack/default.skn | Bin 0 -> 1203 bytes data/new-stack/docs/COPYING.TXT | 347 +++ data/new-stack/docs/FASM.TXT | 3591 +++++++++++++++++++++++ data/new-stack/docs/HOT_KEYS.TXT | 10 + data/new-stack/docs/INI.TXT | 25 + data/new-stack/docs/KFAR_KEYS.TXT | 94 + data/new-stack/docs/MTDBG.TXT | 214 ++ data/new-stack/docs/README.TXT | 268 ++ data/new-stack/fonts/bold.chr | Bin 0 -> 9522 bytes data/new-stack/fonts/char.mt | Bin 0 -> 2304 bytes data/new-stack/fonts/char2.mt | Bin 0 -> 2560 bytes data/new-stack/icons.dat | 13 + data/new-stack/iconstrp.gif | Bin 0 -> 10969 bytes data/new-stack/index_htm | 30 + data/new-stack/kerpack | Bin 0 -> 6421 bytes data/new-stack/keymap.key | Bin 0 -> 2688 bytes data/new-stack/lang.inc | 1 + data/new-stack/lang.ini | 28 + data/new-stack/lib/msgbox.obj | Bin 0 -> 981 bytes data/new-stack/lib/pixlib.obj | Bin 0 -> 4620 bytes data/new-stack/lib/sort.obj | Bin 0 -> 851 bytes data/new-stack/menu.dat | 174 ++ data/new-stack/network/zeroconf.ini | 19 + data/new-stack/panel.dat | 1 + data/new-stack/setup.dat | Bin 0 -> 48 bytes data/new-stack/vmode | Bin 0 -> 8628 bytes 39 files changed, 5736 insertions(+) create mode 100644 data/new-stack/File Managers/eolite.ini create mode 100644 data/new-stack/File Managers/icons.ini create mode 100644 data/new-stack/File Managers/kfar.ini create mode 100644 data/new-stack/File Managers/kfm.ini create mode 100644 data/new-stack/Makefile create mode 100644 data/new-stack/Makefile.cmm create mode 100644 data/new-stack/Makefile.copy create mode 100644 data/new-stack/Makefile.fasm create mode 100644 data/new-stack/Makefile.gcc create mode 100644 data/new-stack/Makefile.msvc create mode 100644 data/new-stack/Makefile.nasm create mode 100644 data/new-stack/autorun.dat create mode 100644 data/new-stack/background.gif create mode 100644 data/new-stack/default.skn create mode 100644 data/new-stack/docs/COPYING.TXT create mode 100644 data/new-stack/docs/FASM.TXT create mode 100644 data/new-stack/docs/HOT_KEYS.TXT create mode 100644 data/new-stack/docs/INI.TXT create mode 100644 data/new-stack/docs/KFAR_KEYS.TXT create mode 100644 data/new-stack/docs/MTDBG.TXT create mode 100644 data/new-stack/docs/README.TXT create mode 100644 data/new-stack/fonts/bold.chr create mode 100644 data/new-stack/fonts/char.mt create mode 100644 data/new-stack/fonts/char2.mt create mode 100644 data/new-stack/icons.dat create mode 100644 data/new-stack/iconstrp.gif create mode 100644 data/new-stack/index_htm create mode 100644 data/new-stack/kerpack create mode 100644 data/new-stack/keymap.key create mode 100644 data/new-stack/lang.inc create mode 100644 data/new-stack/lang.ini create mode 100644 data/new-stack/lib/msgbox.obj create mode 100644 data/new-stack/lib/pixlib.obj create mode 100644 data/new-stack/lib/sort.obj create mode 100644 data/new-stack/menu.dat create mode 100644 data/new-stack/network/zeroconf.ini create mode 100644 data/new-stack/panel.dat create mode 100644 data/new-stack/setup.dat create mode 100644 data/new-stack/vmode diff --git a/data/new-stack/File Managers/eolite.ini b/data/new-stack/File Managers/eolite.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bbe1631f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/File Managers/eolite.ini @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +[Associations] +rtf=/sys/htmlv +asm=TinyPad +inc=TinyPad +ini=TinyPad +txt=TinyPad +gif=/sys/media/kiv +bmp=/sys/media/kiv +png=/sys/media/kiv +tga=/sys/media/kiv +jpg=/sys/media/kiv +jpeg=/sys/media/kiv +ico=/sys/media/kiv +cur=/sys/media/kiv +pcx=/sys/media/kiv +xcf=/sys/media/kiv +3ds=/sys/3d/view3ds +lif=/sys/demos/life2 +skn=/sys/desktop +htm=/sys/HTMLv +html=/sys/HTMLv +rtf=/sys/RtfRead +obj=/sys/develop/cObj +sna=/sys/e80 +nes=/sys/games/fceu +xm=/sys/media/AC97SND +wav=/sys/media/AC97SND +mp3=/sys/media/AC97SND +mid=/sys/media/MIDAMP +m3u=/sys/media/listplay +lap=/sys/media/listplay +asf=/sys/media/listplay +mht=/sys/htmlv + + +[Config] +;åñëè ïîñòàâèòü 1 âìåñòî êíîïîê áóäåò ñòðîêà àäðåñà +ShowEditBoxPath=0 +;öâåò âûäåëåíîãî ýëåìåíòà è âûäåëåíèå åäèòáîêñà +;ïî-óìîë÷àíèþ 94AECE, äëÿ òåñòà FEA4B7,8BCDFF,B8C9B8 +BorderColor=94AECE + diff --git a/data/new-stack/File Managers/icons.ini b/data/new-stack/File Managers/icons.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e4690bf7bc --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/File Managers/icons.ini @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +asm=4 +inc=4 +txt=3 +rtf=3 +ini=3 +log=3 +dic=3 +doc=3 +exc=3 +wtx=3 +inf=3 +xml=3 +odt=3 +jpg=6 +jpe=6 +jpeg=6 +jif=6 +jfif=6 +jp2=6 +jpx=6 +jpk=6 +j2k=6 +jpc=6 +j2c=6 +bmp=6 +dib=6 +rle=6 +pbm=6 +wbm=6 +wbmp=6 +xbm=6 +xpm=6 +gif=6 +png=6 +ico=6 +cur=6 +ani=6 +tif=6 +tiff=6 +xif=6 +tga=6 +pcx=6 +dcx=6 +ppm=6 +psd=6 +psp=6 +raw=6 +raf=6 +x3f=6 +orf=6 +nef=6 +mrw=6 +dcr=6 +crw=6 +cr2=6 +ras=6 +pix=6 +pict=6 +pct=6 +pic=6 +pgm=6 +pef=6 +pcd=6 +iff=6 +lbm=6 +ilbm=6 +fpx=6 +djv=6 +djvu=6 +iw4=6 +wav=7 +mp3=7 +xm=7 +mid=7 +midi=7 +aif=7 +aifc=7 +aiff=7 +au=7 +snd=7 +wma=7 +wm=7 +avi=11 +mpg=11 +mpe=11 +mpeg=11 +flv=11 +3gp=11 +mkv=11 +wmv=11 +mov=11 +mp4=11 +img=5 +ima=5 +imz=5 +bwz=5 +dsk=5 +vfd=5 +wil=5 +wlz=5 +exe=8 +com=8 +bat=8 +7z=9 +rar=9 +zip=9 +cab=9 +arj=9 +lha=9 +lzh=9 +tar=9 +taz=9 +tbz=9 +tbz2=9 +bz=9 +bz2=9 +ice=9 +gz=9 +tgz=9 +uue=9 +uu=9 +xxe=9 +z=9 +dat=10 +ttf=12 +ttc=12 +chr=12 +mt=12 +htm=13 +html=13 +mht=13 +eml=13 +lif=14 +3ds=15 +kex=16 +skn=17 +obj=18 +dll=18 +ocx=18 +so=18 +drv=18 diff --git a/data/new-stack/File Managers/kfar.ini b/data/new-stack/File Managers/kfar.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9824508f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/File Managers/kfar.ini @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +[Associations] +asm=/sys/TinyPad; AsmMenu1,AsmMenu2 +inc=/sys/TinyPad +ini=/sys/TinyPad +txt=/sys/TinyPad +jpg=/sys/media/kiv +jpeg=/sys/media/kiv +gif=/sys/media/kiv; ViewGraph,MenuAnimage +wav=/sys/media/AC97SND +mp3=/sys/media/AC97SND +xm=/sys/media/AC97SND +mid=/sys/media/MIDAMP +bmp=/sys/media/kiv; ViewGraph,MenuAnimage +png=/sys/media/kiv +ico=/sys/media/kiv +cur=/sys/media/kiv +pcx=/sys/media/kiv +xcf=/sys/media/kiv +rtf=/sys/RtfRead +3ds=/sys/3d/view3ds +lif=/sys/demos/life2 +skn=/sys/desktop +m3u=/sys/media/listplay +lap=/sys/media/listplay +asf=/sys/media/listplay +cvs=/sys/graph +obj=/sys/develop/cObj +nes=/sys/fceu +sna=/sys/e80 +htm=/sys/HTMLv +html=/sys/HTMLv + +[Menu] +AsmMenu1=&Edit,/sys/TinyPad +AsmMenu2=&Compile,/sys/develop/fasm +ViewGraph=&View,/sys/media/kiv +MenuAnimage=&Edit,/sys/media/animage + +[Panels] +; View modes for files on panels +; values correspond to digits for LCtrl+<1-4> +LeftViewMode=2 +RightViewMode=2 +; Sort modes for files on panels +; values are 2 * N + M, where +; M = 0 - normal sorting, M = 1 - reverse sorting +; N = 0-6 correspond to sort mode for Ctrl+F<3-9> +LeftSortMode=0 +RightSortMode=0 + +[Editor] +; Symbols for end-of-line, which will be added by kfar editor +; when new line will be created: +; DOS - like in DOS/Win (0D 0A), Unix - like in Unix (0A), +; Mac - like in Mac (0D) +EOLStyle=Unix + +[FolderShortcuts] +; You can define up to 10 links to folders Shortcut0...Shortcut9, +; the quick jump to such folders can be done with RCtrl+ +Shortcut0=/rd/1 + +[Confirmations] +Delete=1 +DeleteIncomplete=0 + +[Plugins] +; On left of the equal sign any sensical or nonsensical name can appear; +; on right - path to plugin. +; If path is not absolute, it is counted from the folder with kfar binary. +ArchiveReader=/sys/lib/archiver.obj diff --git a/data/new-stack/File Managers/kfm.ini b/data/new-stack/File Managers/kfm.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c5055e6cdb --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/File Managers/kfm.ini @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +start +<>icons_associations +asm 0004 +inc 0004 +txt 0003 +rtf 0003 +ini 0003 +log 0003 +dic 0003 +doc 0003 +exc 0003 +wtx 0003 +inf 0003 +jpg 0006 +jpe 0006 +jpeg 0006 +jif 0006 +jfif 0006 +jp2 0006 +jpx 0006 +jpk 0006 +j2k 0006 +jpc 0006 +j2c 0006 +bmp 0006 +dib 0006 +rle 0006 +pbm 0006 +wbm 0006 +wbmp 0006 +xbm 0006 +xpm 0006 +gif 0006 +png 0006 +ico 0006 +cur 0006 +ani 0006 +tif 0006 +tiff 0006 +xif 0006 +tga 0006 +pcx 0006 +xcf 0006 +dcx 0006 +ppm 0006 +psd 0006 +psp 0006 +raw 0006 +raf 0006 +x3f 0006 +orf 0006 +nef 0006 +mrw 0006 +dcr 0006 +crw 0006 +cr2 0006 +ras 0006 +pix 0006 +pict 0006 +pct 0006 +pic 0006 +pgm 0006 +pef 0006 +pcd 0006 +iff 0006 +lbm 0006 +ilbm 0006 +fpx 0006 +djv 0006 +djvu 0006 +iw4 0006 +wav 0007 +mp3 0007 +xm 0007 +mid 0007 +midi 0007 +aif 0007 +aifc 0007 +aiff 0007 +au 0007 +snd 0007 +wma 0007 +wm 0007 +avi 0011 +mpg 0011 +mov 0011 +flv 0011 +wmv 0011 +vob 0011 +mkv 0011 +mp4 0011 +mpeg 0011 +3gp 0011 +img 0005 +ima 0005 +imz 0005 +bwz 0005 +dsk 0005 +vfd 0005 +wil 0005 +wlz 0005 +exe 0008 +com 0008 +bat 0008 +7z 0009 +rar 0009 +zip 0009 +cab 0009 +arj 0009 +lha 0009 +lzh 0009 +tar 0009 +taz 0009 +tbz 0009 +tbz2 0009 +bz 0009 +bz2 0009 +ice 0009 +gz 0009 +tgz 0009 +uue 0009 +uu 0009 +xxe 0009 +z 0009 +dat 0010 +ttf 0012 +ttc 0012 +chr 0012 +mt 0012 +htm 0013 +html 0013 +lif 0014 +3ds 0015 +kex 0016 +skn 0017 +<>end + +<>files_associations +asm /sys/tinypad +inc /sys/tinypad +txt /sys/tinypad +ini /sys/tinypad +log /sys/tinypad +dat /sys/tinypad +inf /sys/tinypad +bat /sys/tinypad +jpg /sys/media/kiv +jpeg /sys/media/kiv +jpe /sys/media/kiv +gif /sys/media/kiv +wav /sys/media/ac97snd +mp3 /sys/media/ac97snd +xm /sys/media/ac97snd +mid /sys/media/midamp +bmp /sys/media/kiv +png /sys/media/kiv +ico /sys/media/kiv +cur /sys/media/kiv +pcx /sys/media/kiv +xcf /sys/media/kiv +rtf /sys/rtfread +3ds /sys/3d/view3ds +lif /sys/demos/life2 +skn /sys/desktop +avi /hd0/1/fplay.kex +mpg /hd0/1/fplay.kex +mov /hd0/1/fplay.kex +flv /hd0/1/fplay.kex +wmv /hd0/1/fplay.kex +vob /hd0/1/fplay.kex +mkv /hd0/1/fplay.kex +mp4 /hd0/1/fplay.kex +mpeg /hd0/1/fplay.kex +3gp /hd0/1/fplay.kex +m3u /sys/media/listplay +lap /sys/media/listplay +asf /sys/media/listplay +cvs /sys/graph +obj /sys/develop/cObj +nes /sys/fceu +sna /sys/e80 +htm /sys/HTMLv +html /sys/HTMLv +kla /sys/games/klavisha +<>end + +<>files_association1 +bmp /sys/media/animage +<>end + +end diff --git a/data/new-stack/Makefile b/data/new-stack/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71ed946aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +# General rule for naming: variables with CAPITALIZED names hold settings, +# you can - and are expected - to modify it; variables with lowercase names +# are intermediate variables and macroses not to be modified unless you +# know what you're doing. + +# Define directories for destination, source repository, sources of kernel, sources of programs. +BUILD_DIR:=build +REPOSITORY:=../.. +KERNEL:=$(REPOSITORY)/kernel/branches/net +PROGS:=$(REPOSITORY)/programs +NETPROGS:=$(REPOSITORY)/kernel/branches/net/applications + +# Docpak requires some documents; we place them +# into 'docs' subdir and communicate with FASM +# through environment var DOCDIR. +DOCDIR:=docs/ +export DOCDIR + +# Because most programs are written in FASM and have +# the common structure of one main .asm file possibly including +# several .inc files, we handle this case separately. +# Namely, we organize one big list of such programs +# (FASM_PROGRAMS, see below) containing name of local binary file, +# name of file inside kolibri.img and name of the source file. +# This list is maintained by hand, and the rest is done with some macroses... +# well, slightly complicated macroses - however, you do not need to +# understand them in order to maintain the list. +# To add a FASM program with one .asm file, just +# add the corresponding item to the list and enjoy +# the power of GNU make. + +# The list of all FASM programs with one main FASM file. +# Every item consists of three parts, separated by ':'. +# First part is the real name of binary file in $(BUILD_DIR) +# as it should be produced by make. +# Second part is the name of a file inside kolibri.img, +# usually uppercased version of first part - to save space +# for FAT filesystem. +# Third part is the name of the source file. +# Spaces separate items, so spaces in names should be +# represented as '|'. +FASM_PROGRAMS:=\ + @clip:@CLIP:$(PROGS)/system/clip/trunk/@clip.ASM \ + @menu:@MENU:$(PROGS)/system/menu/trunk/menu.asm \ + @notify:@NOTIFY:$(PROGS)/system/notify/trunk/@notify.asm \ + @panel:@PANEL:$(PROGS)/system/panel/trunk/@PANEL.ASM \ + @rb:@RB:$(PROGS)/system/rb/trunk/@RB.ASM \ + @ss:@SS:$(PROGS)/system/ss/trunk/@ss.asm\ + asciivju:ASCIIVJU:$(PROGS)/develop/asciivju/trunk/asciivju.asm \ + calc:CALC:$(PROGS)/other/calc/trunk/calc.asm \ + calendar:CALENDAR:$(PROGS)/system/calendar/trunk/calendar.asm \ + commouse:COMMOUSE:$(PROGS)/system/commouse/trunk/commouse.asm \ + cpu:CPU:$(PROGS)/system/cpu/trunk/cpu.asm \ + cpuid:CPUID:$(PROGS)/system/cpuid/trunk/CPUID.ASM \ + desktop:DESKTOP:$(PROGS)/system/desktop/trunk/desktop.asm \ + disptest:DISPTEST:$(PROGS)/system/disptest/trunk/disptest.ASM \ + docpak:DOCPAK:$(PROGS)/system/docpack/trunk/docpack.asm \ + end:END:$(PROGS)/system/end/light/end.asm \ + gmon:GMON:$(PROGS)/system/gmon/gmon.asm \ + hdd_info:HDD_INFO:$(PROGS)/system/hdd_info/trunk/hdd_info.asm \ + icon:ICON:$(PROGS)/system/icon/trunk/icon.asm \ + kbd:KBD:$(PROGS)/system/kbd/trunk/kbd.ASM \ + kpack:KPACK:$(PROGS)/other/kpack/trunk/kpack.asm \ + launcher:LAUNCHER:$(PROGS)/system/launcher/trunk/launcher.asm \ + magnify:MAGNIFY:$(PROGS)/demos/magnify/trunk/magnify.asm \ + mgb:MGB:$(PROGS)/system/mgb/trunk/mgb.asm \ + mousemul:MOUSEMUL:$(PROGS)/system/mousemul/trunk/mousemul.asm \ + mykey:MYKEY:$(PROGS)/system/MyKey/trunk/MyKey.asm \ + pcidev:PCIDEV:$(PROGS)/system/pcidev/trunk/PCIDEV.ASM \ + period:PERIOD:$(PROGS)/other/period/trunk/period.asm \ + pic4:PIC4:$(PROGS)/media/pic4/trunk/pic4.asm \ + rdsave:RDSAVE:$(PROGS)/system/rdsave/trunk/rdsave.asm \ + rtfread:RTFREAD:$(PROGS)/other/rtfread/trunk/rtfread.asm \ + run:RUN:$(PROGS)/system/run/trunk/run.asm \ + scrshoot:SCRSHOOT:$(PROGS)/media/scrshoot/scrshoot.asm \ + setup:SETUP:$(PROGS)/system/setup/trunk/setup.asm \ + test:TEST:$(PROGS)/system/test/trunk/test.asm \ + tinypad:TINYPAD:$(PROGS)/develop/tinypad/trunk/tinypad.asm \ + zkey:ZKEY:$(PROGS)/system/zkey/trunk/ZKEY.ASM \ + develop/board:DEVELOP/BOARD:$(PROGS)/system/board/trunk/board.asm \ + develop/cObj:DEVELOP/cObj:$(PROGS)/develop/cObj/trunk/cObj.asm \ + develop/fasm:DEVELOP/FASM:$(PROGS)/develop/fasm/trunk/fasm.asm \ + develop/h2d2b:DEVELOP/H2D2B:$(PROGS)/develop/h2d2b/trunk/h2d2b.asm \ + develop/heed:DEVELOP/HEED:$(PROGS)/develop/heed/trunk/heed.asm \ + develop/ipc:DEVELOP/IPC:$(PROGS)/network/ipc/trunk/ipc.asm \ + develop/keyascii:DEVELOP/KEYASCII:$(PROGS)/develop/keyascii/trunk/keyascii.asm \ + develop/mtdbg:DEVELOP/MTDBG:$(PROGS)/develop/mtdbg/mtdbg.asm \ + develop/scancode:DEVELOP/SCANCODE:$(PROGS)/develop/scancode/trunk/scancode.asm \ + develop/test_gets:DEVELOP/test_gets:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/console/examples/test_gets.asm \ + develop/testcon2:DEVELOP/TESTCON2:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/console/examples/testcon2.asm \ + develop/thread:DEVELOP/THREAD:$(PROGS)/develop/examples/thread/trunk/thread.asm \ + drivers/com_mouse.obj:DRIVERS/COM_MOUSE.OBJ:$(KERNEL)/drivers/com_mouse.asm \ + drivers/emu10k1x.obj:DRIVERS/EMU10K1X.OBJ:$(KERNEL)/drivers/emu10k1x.asm \ + drivers/fm801.obj:DRIVERS/FM801.OBJ:$(KERNEL)/drivers/fm801.asm \ + drivers/infinity.obj:DRIVERS/INFINITY.OBJ:$(KERNEL)/drivers/infinity.asm \ + drivers/ps2mouse.obj:DRIVERS/PS2MOUSE.OBJ:$(REPOSITORY)/drivers/mouse/ps2mouse4d/trunk/ps2mouse.asm \ + drivers/sb16.obj:DRIVERS/SB16.OBJ:$(KERNEL)/drivers/sb16/sb16.asm \ + drivers/sound.obj:DRIVERS/SOUND.OBJ:$(KERNEL)/drivers/sound.asm \ + drivers/vt8235.obj:DRIVERS/VT8235.OBJ:$(KERNEL)/drivers/vt823x.asm \ + File|Managers/kfar:File|Managers/KFAR:$(PROGS)/fs/kfar/trunk/kfar.asm \ + File|Managers/kfm:File|Managers/KFM:$(PROGS)/fs/kfm/trunk/kfm.asm \ + File|Managers/opendial:File|Managers/OPENDIAL:$(PROGS)/fs/opendial/opendial.asm \ + fonts/bgitest:FONTS/BGITEST:$(PROGS)/demos/bgitest/trunk/bgitest.asm \ + lib/archiver.obj:LIB/ARCHIVER.OBJ:$(PROGS)/fs/kfar/trunk/kfar_arc/kfar_arc.asm \ + lib/box_lib.obj:LIB/BOX_LIB.OBJ:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/box_lib/trunk/box_lib.asm \ + lib/console.obj:LIB/CONSOLE.OBJ:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/console/console.asm \ + lib/libgfx.obj:LIB/LIBGFX.OBJ:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/libs-dev/libgfx/libgfx.asm \ + lib/libimg.obj:LIB/LIBIMG.OBJ:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/libs-dev/libimg/libimg.asm \ + lib/libini.obj:LIB/LIBINI.OBJ:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/libs-dev/libini/libini.asm \ + lib/libio.obj:LIB/LIBIO.OBJ:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/libs-dev/libio/libio.asm \ + lib/proc_lib.obj:LIB/PROC_LIB.OBJ:$(PROGS)/develop/libraries/proc_lib/trunk/proc_lib.asm \ + lib/cnv_png.obj:LIB/CNV_PNG.OBJ:$(PROGS)/media/zsea/plugins/png/cnv_png.asm \ + media/animage:MEDIA/ANIMAGE:$(PROGS)/media/animage/trunk/animage.asm \ + media/cdp:MEDIA/CDP:$(PROGS)/media/cdp/trunk/cdp.asm \ + media/kiv:MEDIA/KIV:$(PROGS)/media/kiv/trunk/kiv.asm \ + media/listplay:MEDIA/LISTPLAY:$(PROGS)/media/listplay/trunk/listplay.asm \ + media/midamp:MEDIA/MIDAMP:$(PROGS)/media/midamp/trunk/midamp.asm \ + media/startmus:MEDIA/STARTMUS:$(PROGS)/media/startmus/trunk/STARTMUS.ASM \ + network/arpcfg:NETWORK/ARPCFG:$(NETPROGS)/arpcfg/arpcfg.asm \ + network/icmp:NETWORK/ICMP:$(NETPROGS)/icmp/icmp.asm \ + network/netcfg:NETWORK/NETCFG:$(NETPROGS)/netcfg/netcfg.asm \ + network/netstat:NETWORK/NETSTAT:$(NETPROGS)/netstat/netstat.asm \ + network/nslookup:NETWORK/NSLOOKUP:$(NETPROGS)/nslookup/nslookup.asm \ + network/synergyc:NETWORK/SYNERGYC:$(NETPROGS)/synergyc/synergyc.asm \ + network/tcpserv:NETWORK/TCPSERV:$(NETPROGS)/tcpserv/tcpserv.asm \ + network/telnet:NETWORK/TELNET:$(NETPROGS)/telnet/telnet.asm \ + network/zeroconf:NETWORK/ZEROCONF:$(NETPROGS)/zeroconf/zeroconf.asm \ + lib/network.obj:LIB/NETWORK.OBJ:$(NETPROGS)/libraries/network/network.asm \ +# end of list + +# The list of files which should be copied from somewhere. +# Format of an item is exactly the same as in the previous list. +COPY_FILES:=\ + macros.inc:MACROS.INC:$(PROGS)/macros.inc \ + config.inc:CONFIG.INC:$(PROGS)/config.inc \ + struct.inc:STRUCT.INC:$(PROGS)/struct.inc \ + File|Managers/z_icons.png:File|Managers/Z_ICONS.PNG:$(PROGS)/fs/opendial/z_icons.png \ + File|Managers/kfm_keys.txt:File|Managers/KFM_KEYS.TXT:$(PROGS)/fs/kfm/trunk/docs/english/kfm_keys.txt \ + File|Managers/buttons.bmp:File|Managers/BUTTONS.BMP:$(PROGS)/fs/kfm/trunk/buttons.bmp \ + File|Managers/icons.bmp:File|Managers/ICONS.BMP:$(PROGS)/fs/kfm/trunk/icons.bmp \ + media/kiv.ini:MEDIA/KIV.INI:$(PROGS)/media/kiv/trunk/kiv.ini \ + .shell:.shell:$(PROGS)/system/shell/bin/eng/.shell \ + mykey.ini:MYKEY.INI:$(PROGS)/system/MyKey/trunk/mykey.ini \ +# end of list + +# The list of all C-- programs with one main C-- file. +# Format of an item is exactly the same as in the previous list, +# except that there can be fourth field with parameters for a compiler. +CMM_PROGRAMS:=\ + File|Managers/Eolite:File|Managers/EOLITE:$(PROGS)/fs/Eolite/trunk/Eolite.c-- \ + HTMLv:HTMLv:$(PROGS)/network/htmlv/browser/HTMLv.c-- \ +#develop/c--:DEVELOP/C--:$(PROGS)/develop/c--/trunk/32.c-- \ +# end of list + +# List of other files to be included in the image file. +# Some of them are auto-built with special rules, some just exist before build. +# Each item is of the form :. +# Spaces should be represented as |. +OTHER_FILES:=autorun.dat:AUTORUN.DAT \ + background.gif:background.gif default.skn:DEFAULT.SKN \ + e80:E80 graph:GRAPH hdread:HDREAD \ + icons.dat:ICONS.DAT iconstrp.gif:ICONSTRP.GIF index_htm:INDEX.HTM \ + kernel.mnt:KERNEL.MNT kerpack:KERPACK keymap.key:KEYMAP.KEY \ + kuzkina.mid:KUZKINA.MID lang.inc:LANG.INC lang.ini:LANG.INI \ + menu.dat:MENU.DAT \ + panel.dat:PANEL.DAT setup.dat:SETUP.DAT \ + shell:SHELL table:TABLE \ + vmode:VMODE \ + File|Managers/eolite.ini:File|Managers/EOLITE.INI \ + File|Managers/icons.ini:File|Managers/ICONS.INI \ + File|Managers/kfar.ini:File|Managers/KFAR.INI \ + File|Managers/kfm.ini:File|Managers/KFM.INI \ + fonts/bold.chr:FONTS/BOLD.CHR fonts/char2.mt:FONTS/CHAR2.MT \ + fonts/char.mt:FONTS/CHAR.MT \ + lib/msgbox.obj:LIB/MSGBOX.OBJ \ + lib/pixlib.obj:LIB/PIXLIB.OBJ lib/sort.obj:LIB/SORT.OBJ \ + media/ac97snd:MEDIA/AC97SND \ + network/zeroconf.ini:NETWORK/ZEROCONF.INI \ +#end of list + +# Some macro for convenient work. +# Macros for replacing '|' to escaped space '\ '. +space:=\ #plus space +respace=$(subst |,$(space),$(1)) +# Macro for selecting different parts of ':'-separated items. +binarypart=$(word 1,$(subst :, ,$(1))) +imagepart=$(word 2,$(subst :, ,$(1))) +sourcepart=$(word 3,$(subst :, ,$(1))) +parampart=$(word 4,$(subst :, ,$(1))) +# Get file names, possibly with spaces inside, from an item. +# Here $(f) is an item - in fact, macro argument. +fbinary=$(call respace,$(call binarypart,$(f))) +fimage=$(call respace,$(call imagepart,$(f))) +fsource=$(call respace,$(call sourcepart,$(f))) +fparam=$(call respace,$(call parampart,$(f))) + +# Define targets for image file. +# Join all the lists above. +targets_full:=$(COPY_FILES) $(FASM_PROGRAMS) $(NASM_PROGRAMS) $(OTHER_FILES) $(CMM_PROGRAMS) +# For each item in the united list call fbinary. +targets:=$(foreach f,$(targets_full),$(fbinary)) + +# Define a command for copying a file inside the image. +# mcopy_command is a macro with two parameters, +# local file name $(1) and image file name $(2). +# Note that spaces in these have to be escaped with backslashes. +mcopy_command=mcopy -moi $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img $(1) ::$(2) +# Specialize a previous command for an item $(f) in one of lists. +mcopy_item_command=$(call mcopy_command,$(fbinary),$(fimage)) + +# Join all $(mcopy_item_command) for all items, +# append newline after each item. +# The first newline character after "define" line and +# the last newline character before "endef" line get away +# with define/endef, so we make three newline characters, +# that is two empty lines, in order to get one in $(newline). +define newline + + +endef +mcopy_all_items:=$(foreach f,$(targets_full),$(mcopy_item_command)$(newline)) + +# dependencies of MKISOFS_EXTRA; we iterate through $(MKISOFS_EXTRA), +# substitute "=" with space, get the 2nd word and join all results +mkisofs_extra_targets:=$(foreach f,$(MKISOFS_EXTRA),$(word 2,$(subst =, ,$(f)))) + +# The main goal: build kolibri.img and kolibri.iso +all: $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.iso + +# The first goal: floppy image. +$(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img: $(BUILD_DIR)/.dir \ + Makefile \ + $(BUILD_DIR)/boot_fat12.bin \ + $(targets) +# SYSXTREE +# 3d/CUBETEXT +# 3d/LOGIO.BMP + str=`date -u +"[auto-build %d %b %Y %R, r$(REV)]"`; \ + echo -n $$str|dd of=kernel.mnt bs=1 seek=`expr 279 - length "$$str"` conv=notrunc 2>/dev/null + dd if=/dev/zero of=$(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img count=2880 bs=512 2>&1 + mformat -f 1440 -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img :: + dd if=$(BUILD_DIR)/boot_fat12.bin of=$(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img count=1 bs=512 conv=notrunc 2>&1 + mmd -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img ::DEVELOP + mmd -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img ::DRIVERS + mmd -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img ::File\ Managers + mmd -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img ::FONTS + mmd -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img ::LIB + mmd -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img ::MEDIA + mmd -i $(BUILD_DIR)/kolibri.img ::NETWORK + $(mcopy_all_items) + +# Special targets to modify behaviour of make. +.DELETE_ON_ERROR: +.SUFFIXES: # delete all predefined rules + +# The floppy bootsector. +$(BUILD_DIR)/boot_fat12.bin: $(KERNEL)/bootloader/boot_fat12.asm $(KERNEL)/bootloader/floppy1440.inc + fasm $(KERNEL)/bootloader/boot_fat12.asm $(BUILD_DIR)/boot_fat12.bin + +$(BUILD_DIR)/.dir develop/.dir drivers/.dir fonts/.dir \ + lib/.dir media/.dir network/.dir .deps/.dir: + mkdir -p $(dir $@) + touch $@ +File\ Managers/.dir: + mkdir -p "File Managers" + touch "File Managers/.dir" + +# FASM black magic goes to Makefile.fasm. +include Makefile.fasm + +# Similar for NASM. +include Makefile.nasm + +# Similar for copying files. +include Makefile.copy + +# Special rules for copying sysfuncs.txt - it isn't directly included in the image. +docpak: $(DOCDIR)SYSFUNCS.TXT $(wildcard $(DOCDIR)*) +$(DOCDIR)SYSFUNCS.TXT: $(KERNEL)/docs/sysfuncs.txt + cp $(KERNEL)/docs/sysfuncs.txt $(DOCDIR)SYSFUNCS.TXT + +# Similar for C--. +include Makefile.cmm + +# Sorry, even black magic seems to be insufficient for +# auto-handling all subtle effects. So we just define +# command lines for compiling and linking, and +# maintain the list of sources and objects by hand. +include Makefile.msvc + + +# Rules for shell +shell: .obj.shell/start.o .obj.shell/shell.o .obj.shell/kolibri.o .obj.shell/stdlib.o .obj.shell/string.o .obj.shell/ctype.o \ + $(PROGS)/system/shell/kolibri.ld + $(call gcc_link,$(PROGS)/system/shell/kolibri.ld) +.obj.shell/shell.o: $(PROGS)/system/shell/shell.c \ + $(PROGS)/system/shell/all.h \ + $(PROGS)/system/shell/system/*.h \ + $(PROGS)/system/shell/cmd/*.c \ + $(PROGS)/system/shell/modules/*.c \ + $(PROGS)/system/shell/locale/rus/globals.h \ + Makefile.gcc | .obj.shell + $(gcc_compile) +.obj.shell/kolibri.o .obj.shell/stdlib.o .obj.shell/string.o .obj.shell/ctype.o: .obj.shell/%.o: \ + $(PROGS)/system/shell/system/%.c $(PROGS)/system/shell/system/*.h \ + Makefile.gcc | .obj.shell + $(gcc_compile) + win32-gcc -c -Os -o $@ $< +.obj.shell/start.o: $(PROGS)/system/shell/start.asm | .obj.shell + fasm $< $@ +.obj.shell: + mkdir -p .obj.shell + +# Rules for sdk/sound, used by media/ac97snd +SOUNDDIR=$(PROGS)/develop/sdk/trunk/sound/src +SOUND_OBJECTS:=$(patsubst $(SOUNDDIR)/%.asm,.sdk/%.obj,$(wildcard $(SOUNDDIR)/*.asm)) +SOUND_INC_FILES:=$(wildcard $(SOUNDDIR)/*.inc) +.sdk/sound.lib: $(SOUND_OBJECTS) + win32-link /lib /out:$@ $^ +$(SOUND_OBJECTS): .sdk/%.obj: $(SOUNDDIR)/%.asm $(SOUND_INC_FILES) | .sdk + fasm $< $@ +.sdk: + mkdir -p .sdk +# Rules for media/ac97snd +AC97DIR=$(PROGS)/media/ac97snd +media/ac97snd: .obj.ac97snd/ac97snd.exe + $(msvc_final) +.obj.ac97snd/ac97snd.exe: .obj.ac97snd/ac97wav.obj .obj.ac97snd/crt.obj .obj.ac97snd/k_lib.obj \ + .obj.ac97snd/mpg.lib .sdk/sound.lib $(AC97DIR)/ufmod.obj + $(msvc_link) +.obj.ac97snd/ac97wav.obj: $(AC97DIR)/ac97snd/ac97wav.c \ + $(AC97DIR)/kolibri.h $(AC97DIR)/ac97snd/ac97wav.h $(AC97DIR)/mpg/mpg123.h \ + $(AC97DIR)/sound.h $(AC97DIR)/ufmod-codec.h Makefile.msvc | .obj.ac97snd + $(msvc_compile) +.obj.ac97snd/crt.obj: $(AC97DIR)/ac97snd/crt.c $(AC97DIR)/ac97snd/crt.h Makefile.msvc | .obj.ac97snd + $(msvc_compile) +.obj.ac97snd/k_lib.obj: $(AC97DIR)/ac97snd/k_lib.asm $(AC97DIR)/ac97snd/proc32.inc | .obj.ac97snd + fasm $< $@ +AC97SND_MPG_C_FILES:=$(wildcard $(AC97DIR)/mpg/*.c) +AC97SND_MPG_H_FILES:=$(wildcard $(AC97DIR)/mpg/*.h) +AC97SND_MPG_C_OBJECTS:=$(patsubst $(AC97DIR)/mpg/%.c,.obj.ac97snd/%.o,$(AC97SND_MPG_C_FILES)) +.obj.ac97snd/mpg.lib: $(AC97SND_MPG_C_OBJECTS) .obj.ac97snd/pow.obj + win32-link /lib /ltcg /out:$@ $^ +$(AC97SND_MPG_C_OBJECTS): .obj.ac97snd/%.o: $(AC97DIR)/mpg/%.c $(AC97SND_MPG_H_FILES) Makefile.msvc | .obj.ac97snd + $(msvc_compile) +.obj.ac97snd/pow.obj: $(AC97DIR)/mpg/pow.asm $(AC97DIR)/mpg/proc32.inc | .obj.ac97snd + fasm $< $@ +.obj.ac97snd: + mkdir -p .obj.ac97snd diff --git a/data/new-stack/Makefile.cmm b/data/new-stack/Makefile.cmm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b847b2ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/Makefile.cmm @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +# This is similar to Makefile.fasm, look there for comments. +# No dependency tracking, so force dependencies on all files +# in dir/* and dir/*/* +# Also, we cannot set output file name and need to guess +# whether c-- has created .com file or no-extension file. +define cmm_meta_rule +$(1): $(2) Makefile.cmm $$(call respace,$$(addsuffix .dir,$(3))) \ + $$(wildcard $$(dir $(2))*) $$(wildcard $$(dir $(2))*/*) + flock $$(dir $(2)).lock -c '\ + win32-c-- /D=AUTOBUILD /D=LANG_ENG $(5) /IP=Z:$$(dir $(2)) Z:$$< >&2 && \ + if [ -e $$(basename $$<) ]; then f=$$(basename $$<); else f=$$(basename $$<).com; fi && \ + kpack --nologo $$$$f "$$@" && rm $$$$f' +endef + +$(foreach f,$(CMM_PROGRAMS),$(eval $(call cmm_meta_rule,$(fbinary),$(fsource),$(binarydir),$(progname),$(fparam)))) diff --git a/data/new-stack/Makefile.copy b/data/new-stack/Makefile.copy new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..538ecb4ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/Makefile.copy @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This is similar to Makefile.fasm, look there for comments. +define copy_meta_rule +$(1): $(2) Makefile.copy $$(call respace,$$(addsuffix .dir,$(3))) + cp $$< "$$@" +endef +$(foreach f,$(COPY_FILES),$(eval $(call copy_meta_rule,$(fbinary),$(fsource),$(binarydir)))) diff --git a/data/new-stack/Makefile.fasm b/data/new-stack/Makefile.fasm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a8b561939 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/Makefile.fasm @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# This is not a independent Makefile; it is auxiliary file +# included from main Makefile. +# It depends on the following variables and macro: +# $(FASM_PROGRAMS) is a list of all programs to build with FASM rule; +# $(binarypart) is a macro which converts from $(1)=item of $(FASM_PROGRAMS) +# to space-escaped full name of binary, $(respace) unescapes spaces; +# $(fbinary) and $(fsource) gives space-unescaped full name of binary +# and source (respectively) of $(f)=item of $(FASM_PROGRAMS). + +# Define the rule for all FASM programs. +# Yes, this looks like a black magic. +# But it is not so scary as it seems. +# First, we define "meta-rule" as a rule which is +# macro depending on $(fasmprog). +# Second, the construction foreach+eval creates +# usual rules, one for each $(fasmprog) in $(FASM_PROGRAMS). +# Note that meta-rule is double-expanded, first +# time as the arg of eval - it is the place where $(fasmprog) +# gets expanded - and second time as the rule; +# so all $ which are expected to expand at the second time should be escaped. +# And all $ which are expected to be expanded by the shell should be escaped +# twice, so they become $$$$. + +# The arguments of macro fasm_meta_rule: +# $(1) = name of binary file, +# $(2) = name of main source file. +# $(3) = folder of binary file - without spaces. +# $(4) = name of program - without path and extension, +define fasm_meta_rule +$(1): $(2) Makefile.fasm .deps/.dir $$(call respace,$$(addsuffix .dir,$(3))) + fasm -m 65536 $$< "$$@" -s .deps/$(4).fas + prepsrc .deps/$(4).fas /dev/null + prepsrc .deps/$(4).fas /dev/stdout | \ + perl -n -e 's|\\|/|g;push @a,"\"$$$$1\"" if/^;include \x27(.*?)\x27/;' \ + -e 'END{$$$$a=join " \\\n ",@a;print q`$(1): `,"$$$$a\n$$$$a:\n"}' > .deps/$(4).Po + kpack --nologo "$$@" +-include .deps/$(4).Po +endef + +progname=$(call respace,$(basename $(notdir $(call binarypart,$(f))))) +binarydir=$(subst ./,,$(dir $(call binarypart,$(f)))) +$(foreach f,$(FASM_PROGRAMS) $(FASM_PROGRAMS_CD),$(eval $(call fasm_meta_rule,$(fbinary),$(fsource),$(binarydir),$(progname)))) + +# Rule for the kernel differs: it uses kerpack instead of kpack. +kernel.mnt: $(KERNEL)/kernel.asm Makefile.fasm .deps/.dir + fasm -m 65536 $< "$@" -s .deps/kernel.fas + prepsrc .deps/kernel.fas /dev/null + prepsrc .deps/kernel.fas /dev/stdout | \ + perl -n -e 's|\\|/|g;push @a,"\"$$1\"" if/^;include \x27(.*?)\x27/;' \ + -e 'END{$$a=join " \\\n ",@a;print "$@: $$a\n$$a:\n"}' > .deps/kernel.Po + kerpack $@ +-include .deps/kernel.Po diff --git a/data/new-stack/Makefile.gcc b/data/new-stack/Makefile.gcc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14ae973a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/Makefile.gcc @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +define gcc_compile + win32-gcc -c -Os -DAUTOBUILD -DLANG_ENG=1 -o $@ $< +endef +define gcc_link + win32-ld -nostdlib -T $(1) -o "$@" $^ + win32-objcopy "$@" -O binary + kpack --nologo "$@" +endef diff --git a/data/new-stack/Makefile.msvc b/data/new-stack/Makefile.msvc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0902ceed22 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/Makefile.msvc @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +define msvc_compile +win32-cl /c /O2 /Os /Oy /GF /GS- /GR- /EHs-c- /fp:fast /GL /QIfist /Gr /DAUTOBUILD /Fo$@ Z:$< >&2 +endef +define msvc_link +win32-link /section:.bss,E /fixed:no /subsystem:native \ +/merge:.data=.text /merge:.rdata=.text /merge:.1seg=.text \ +/entry:crtStartUp /out:$@ /ltcg /nodefaultlib \ +$(addprefix Z:,$^) >&2 +endef +define msvc_final +EXENAME=$< fasm doexe2.asm "$@" +kpack --nologo "$@" +endef diff --git a/data/new-stack/Makefile.nasm b/data/new-stack/Makefile.nasm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb4714fd21 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/Makefile.nasm @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +# This is similar to Makefile.fasm, look there for comments. +define nasm_meta_rule +.deps/$(4).Po: $(2) Makefile.nasm .deps/.dir + nasm -I$$(dir $(2)) -o "$(1)" -M $$< > .deps/$(4).Tpo 2>/dev/null; \ + if [ $$$$? -eq 0 ]; then perl -ln -e 'next unless $$$$_;' \ + -e 'm/((.*): )?(.*)/;$$$$a=$$$$2 if $$$$2;push @b,$$$$3;' \ + -e 'END{$$$$b=join "\n",@b;print "$$$$a .deps/$(4).Po: $$$$b\n$$$$b:"}' \ + .deps/$(4).Tpo > .deps/$(4).Po; fi + rm -f .deps/$(4).Tpo +$(1): $(2) Makefile.nasm $$(call respace,$$(addsuffix .dir,$(3))) + nasm -I$$(dir $(2)) -o "$$@" $$< + kpack --nologo "$$@" +-include .deps/$(4).Po +endef + +$(foreach f,$(NASM_PROGRAMS),$(eval $(call nasm_meta_rule,$(fbinary),$(fsource),$(binarydir),$(progname)))) diff --git a/data/new-stack/autorun.dat b/data/new-stack/autorun.dat new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b0782f183 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/autorun.dat @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# Syntaxis is: +# Use "parameter value" for parameters with spaces. Use "" if no parameter is required. +# Delay time means how much the system should wait, before running the next line. It is measured in 1/100 seconds. +# If delay is negative, wait for termination of the spawned process. Otherwise, simply wait +# +/RD/1/COMMOUSE "" 1 # COM mice detector +/RD/1/MEDIA/KIV \T__background.gif -1 # Desktop background image +/RD/1/@CLIP "" 1 # Clipboard +/RD/1/@RB "" 1 # Desktop right-click menu +/RD/1/@SS "" 1 # Screensaver +/RD/1/@PANEL "" 1 # Start panel +#/RD/1/DEVELOP/BOARD "" 1 # Load DEBUG board +/RD/1/SETUP BOOT 1 # Load device settings +/RD/1/ICON BOOT 1 # Multithread icon +/RD/1/NETWORK/NETCFG F 1 # +/RD/1/NETWORK/ZEROCONF "" 1 # Network configuration +### Hello, ASM World! ### diff --git a/data/new-stack/background.gif b/data/new-stack/background.gif new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fd67e638541a63bc0c3102b4d880f8f10245054c GIT binary patch literal 1226 zcmZ?wbhEHboWL-F;X4BeNOA>;>1A4(RXJJqd1S1MoN+98_QR&IZM8M$H{~4J)BL3G zz}w?TzdYXb_SOAwU>&2xXb23G5YPen1C$pSIQ}y*a>#gWSa7hJLs%>3#D;~3+Xa-p z=6GyebhKN-IP1=djf;=>D>!$_cy3y9agwu<%~^M)f;7UHG7DAw_1d=P=4P$q zi(*f2TN1c6HVL1=!PsN3L}#^WB7YZ;Gw&-Ol_)Ac}9 zV^KEev$n~7+m^l%o*4GG<8iu}mcYYIE}I1h8ZKEzE}Z0@w({vTS+)j-X=@cvKAn*= XEpwS~lGgVFGjq1ROp9S;WUvMRj>YTi literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/default.skn b/data/new-stack/default.skn new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e6b4f208e5839a6c60e1b3bbb93d597ecad3a28f GIT binary patch literal 1203 zcmV;k1Wfx&P(w>}BLDya0000%#gZwsj&&}CIeQq_5y2*c66<(MrJAFs1dhDf@5CH!0yt25 z)Nt!*cMpbDFFlK@C}UqflaQ!-FGl|=H-(=w9=7N4q26wDNH}0#>t=kQG*t1@_E$J3 zb7cnSLPa7IYAo{=PYnOWWAF1@YnmV4C6{^_)eB8;Q?Lc?2N>5o> zocGN8dLYf6?Tr+-?Ww9gr6yUR(L5mY@APMnCTz$$!dYXHy9eYN{DHAm3mprUd?JZ& z_^=Ysq=%aUqcshf_IUv3Kj{xm=4CWm*cDJ_%)}&{&w+w=LQIOFha5vQ>&HVErq-2y zuJ^DNH`ABZ>{X=7rfTT@vi4L6qX|1`otw7X!0z&}f2iaP`lx&f_bfe+3j@eL-4wHm z*zmsk-4)@o=JlFY8M@Oe3E7-?0WB;50*uU}1t(>xZ-Au=ng(b@k#JSK^h9Br$+PfW zFOC9`_in$(-d3-`>g*DJQ;k*_Z16DcUK@Ct>fo%!HPyIaR?)zkj`4kvjWs(}MCUiQ zl@b-+QLUlbsjWkDR`Vazu( z_QBZ{gYhO2aq)Phvb-7Q-QuHfq2II+J_4d2gvA+~rh)n^XV$*L`Yt7xu+~lf1}vSF zrTNvH^(yA5UTgM^DXc|x3qZ5p(KY-W!ESZ$^rft^V|bIO^^*GWv-JRof)jS%JaMA< z{N-0{>rL3)b>HZx-nY*^&J#C=qwX$aJ~D(Z6*NLlB#g$pr`FARf~votXRnz9vq4M| zHV3j8Vm)tW@JP{O_@$((uV32|7#phaG;Xl|D++=lp-}q-HAQSz6=ekeeo|vzW}VD2 z@ixG831bMUWMz7#b_IUUN+>zUQA{KFJQsfWHk9Sk#yNWr9`jsYS=rRN6!13Oo;>M^ zHj;a*n7E!8oqGd59M;zykK$vvnXw}}PE8aM?tL^Bv&rz_*+QeT#Mbj-yjfcFTiXC!uSt}Q&{Y@Iz4IQ z?WYREO8c%E^48|Oo_i~7=d~N`I7==^0XKjl3)Is6=`BUF4KC84t;D((&N{Ug%1crq zevLBSVc@%@NYDURL_B5^T#K15hnZNMq=>b(t$PBMWIBKF?xKT)rD;6#bavtyRU|y} zW_@m#xPno818kI?d!r`hb0>QTdN|V R!Cd0u72r}9T!jyL`JTz#UI73A literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/docs/COPYING.TXT b/data/new-stack/docs/COPYING.TXT new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6213b69c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/docs/COPYING.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + + Version 2, June 1991 + + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) 19yy + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/data/new-stack/docs/FASM.TXT b/data/new-stack/docs/FASM.TXT new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2151e3f734 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/docs/FASM.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,3591 @@ + + Üßßß + ÜÜÛÜÜ ÜÜÜÜ ÜÜÜÜÜ ÜÜÜ ÜÜ + Û Û Û Û Û Û + Û ÜßßßßÛ ßßßßÜ Û Û Û + Û ßÜÜÜÜÛÜ ÜÜÜÜÜß Û Û Û + + flat assembler 1.66 + Programmer's Manual + + +Table of contents +ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ + +Chapter 1 Introduction + + 1.1 Compiler overview + 1.1.1 System requirements + 1.1.2 Executing compiler from command line + 1.1.3 Compiler messages + 1.1.4 Output formats + + 1.2 Assembly syntax + 1.2.1 Instruction syntax + 1.2.2 Data definitions + 1.2.3 Constants and labels + 1.2.4 Numerical expressions + 1.2.5 Jumps and calls + 1.2.6 Size settings + +Chapter 2 Instruction set + + 2.1 The x86 architecture instructions + 2.1.1 Data movement instructions + 2.1.2 Type conversion instructions + 2.1.3 Binary arithmetic instructions + 2.1.4 Decimal arithmetic instructions + 2.1.5 Logical instructions + 2.1.6 Control transfer instructions + 2.1.7 I/O instructions + 2.1.8 Strings operations + 2.1.9 Flag control instructions + 2.1.10 Conditional operations + 2.1.11 Miscellaneous instructions + 2.1.12 System instructions + 2.1.13 FPU instructions + 2.1.14 MMX instructions + 2.1.15 SSE instructions + 2.1.16 SSE2 instructions + 2.1.17 SSE3 instructions + 2.1.18 AMD 3DNow! instructions + 2.1.19 The x86-64 long mode instructions + + 2.2 Control directives + 2.2.1 Numerical constants + 2.2.2 Conditional assembly + 2.2.3 Repeating blocks of instructions + 2.2.4 Addressing spaces + 2.2.5 Other directives + 2.2.6 Multiple passes + + 2.3 Preprocessor directives + 2.3.1 Including source files + 2.3.2 Symbolic constants + 2.3.3 Macroinstructions + 2.3.4 Structures + 2.3.5 Repeating macroinstructions + 2.3.6 Conditional preprocessing + 2.3.7 Order of processing + + 2.4 Formatter directives + 2.4.1 MZ executable + 2.4.2 Portable Executable + 2.4.3 Common Object File Format + 2.4.4 Executable and Linkable Format + + +Chapter 1 Introduction +ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ + +This chapter contains all the most important information you need to begin +using the flat assembler. If you are experienced assembly language programmer, +you should read at least this chapter before using this compiler. + + +1.1 Compiler overview + +Flat assembler is a fast assembly language compiler for the x86 architecture +processors, which does multiple passes to optimize the size of generated +machine code. It is self-compilable and versions for different operating +systems are provided. All the versions are designed to be used from the system +command line and they should not differ in behavior. + + +1.1.1 System requirements + +All versions require the x86 architecture 32-bit processor (at least 80386), +although they can produce programs for the x86 architecture 16-bit processors, +too. DOS version requires an OS compatible with MS DOS 2.0 and either true +real mode environment or DPMI. Windows version requires a Win32 console +compatible with 3.1 version. + + +1.1.2 Executing compiler from command line + +To execute flat assembler from the command line you need to provide two +parameters - first should be name of source file, second should be name of +destination file. If no second parameter is given, the name for output +file will be guessed automatically. After displaying short information about +the program name and version, compiler will read the data from source file and +compile it. When the compilation is successful, compiler will write the +generated code to the destination file and display the summary of compilation +process; otherwise it will display the information about error that occurred. + The source file should be a text file, and can be created in any text +editor. Line breaks are accepted in both DOS and Unix standards, tabulators +are treated as spaces. + In the command line you can also include "-m" option followed by a number, +which specifies how many kilobytes of memory flat assembler should maximally +use. In case of DOS version this options limits only the usage of extended +memory. The "-p" option followed by a number can be used to specify the limit +for number of passes the assembler performs. If code cannot be generated +within specified amount of passes, the assembly will be terminated with an +error message. The maximum value of this setting is 65536, while the default +limit, used when no such option is included in command line, is 100. +It is also possible to limit the number of passes the assembler +performs, with the "-p" option followed by a number specifying the maximum +number of passes. + There are no command line options that would affect the output of compiler, +flat assembler requires only the source code to include the information it +really needs. For example, to specify output format you specify it by using +the "format" directive at the beginning of source. + + +1.1.3 Compiler messages + +As it is stated above, after the successful compilation, the compiler displays +the compilation summary. It includes the information of how many passes was +done, how much time it took, and how many bytes were written into the +destination file. +The following is an example of the compilation summary: + +flat assembler version 1.66 +38 passes, 5.3 seconds, 77824 bytes. + +In case of error during the compilation process, the program will display an +error message. For example, when compiler can't find the input file, it will +display the following message: + +flat assembler version 1.66 +error: source file not found. + +If the error is connected with a specific part of source code, the source line +that caused the error will be also displayed. Also placement of this line in +the source is given to help you finding this error, for example: + +flat assembler version 1.66 +example.asm [3]: + mob ax,1 +error: illegal instruction. + +It means that in the third line of the "example.asm" file compiler has +encountered an unrecognized instruction. When the line that caused error +contains a macroinstruction, also the line in macroinstruction definition +that generated the erroneous instruction is displayed: + +flat assembler version 1.66 +example.asm [6]: + stoschar 7 +example.asm [3] stoschar [1]: + mob al,char +error: illegal instruction. + +It means that the macroinstruction in the sixth line of the "example.asm" file +generated an unrecognized instruction with the first line of its definition. + + +1.1.4 Output formats + +By default, when there is no "format" directive in source file, flat +assembler simply puts generated instruction codes into output, creating this +way flat binary file. By default it generates 16-bit code, but you can always +turn it into the 16-bit or 32-bit mode by using "use16" or "use32" directive. +Some of the output formats switch into 32-bit mode, when selected - more +information about formats which you can choose can be found in 2.4. + All output code is always in the order in which it was entered into the +source file. + + +1.2 Assembly syntax + +The information provided below is intended mainly for the assembler +programmers that have been using some other assembly compilers before. +If you are beginner, you should look for the assembly programming tutorials. + Flat assembler by default uses the Intel syntax for the assembly +instructions, although you can customize it using the preprocessor +capabilities (macroinstructions and symbolic constants). It also has its own +set of the directives - the instructions for compiler. + All symbols defined inside the sources are case-sensitive. + + +1.2.1 Instruction syntax + +Instructions in assembly language are separated by line breaks, and one +instruction is expected to fill the one line of text. If a line contains +a semicolon, except for the semicolons inside the quoted strings, the rest of +this line is the comment and compiler ignores it. If a line ends with "\" +character (eventually the semicolon and comment may follow it), the next line +is attached at this point. + Each line in source is the sequence of items, which may be one of the three +types. One type are the symbol characters, which are the special characters +that are individual items even when are not spaced from the other ones. +Any of the "+-*/=<>()[]{}:,|&~#`" is the symbol character. The sequence of +other characters, separated from other items with either blank spaces or +symbol characters, is a symbol. If the first character of symbol is either a +single or double quote, it integrates the any sequence of characters following +it, even the special ones, into a quoted string, which should end with the same +character, with which it began (the single or double quote) - however if there +are two such characters in a row (without any other character between them), +they are integrated into quoted string as just one of them and the quoted +string continues then. The symbols other than symbol characters and quoted +strings can be used as names, so are also called the name symbols. + Every instruction consists of the mnemonic and the various number of +operands, separated with commas. The operand can be register, immediate value +or a data addressed in memory, it can also be preceded by size operator to +define or override its size (table 1.1). Names of available registers you can +find in table 1.2, their sizes cannot be overridden. Immediate value can be +specified by any numerical expression. + When operand is a data in memory, the address of that data (also any +numerical expression, but it may contain registers) should be enclosed in +square brackets or preceded by "ptr" operator. For example instruction +"mov eax,3" will put the immediate value 3 into the EAX register, instruction +"mov eax,[7]" will put the 32-bit value from the address 7 into EAX and the +instruction "mov byte [7],3" will put the immediate value 3 into the byte at +address 7, it can also be written as "mov byte ptr 7,3". To specify which +segment register should be used for addressing, segment register name followed +by a colon should be put just before the address value (inside the square +brackets or after the "ptr" operator). + + Table 1.1 Size operators + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Operator ³ Bits ³ Bytes ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ byte ³ 8 ³ 1 ³ + ³ word ³ 16 ³ 2 ³ + ³ dword ³ 32 ³ 4 ³ + ³ fword ³ 48 ³ 6 ³ + ³ pword ³ 48 ³ 6 ³ + ³ qword ³ 64 ³ 8 ³ + ³ tbyte ³ 80 ³ 10 ³ + ³ tword ³ 80 ³ 10 ³ + ³ dqword ³ 128 ³ 16 ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + Table 1.2 Registers + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Type ³ Bits ³ ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ ³ 8 ³ al cl dl bl ah ch dh bh ³ + ³ General ³ 16 ³ ax cx dx bx sp bp si di ³ + ³ ³ 32 ³ eax ecx edx ebx esp ebp esi edi ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ Segment ³ 16 ³ es cs ss ds fs gs ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ Control ³ 32 ³ cr0 cr2 cr3 cr4 ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ Debug ³ 32 ³ dr0 dr1 dr2 dr3 dr6 dr7 ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ FPU ³ 80 ³ st0 st1 st2 st3 st4 st5 st6 st7 ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ MMX ³ 64 ³ mm0 mm1 mm2 mm3 mm4 mm5 mm6 mm7 ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ SSE ³ 128 ³ xmm0 xmm1 xmm2 xmm3 xmm4 xmm5 xmm6 xmm7 ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + +1.2.2 Data definitions + +To define data or reserve a space for it, use one of the directives listed in +table 1.3. The data definition directive should be followed by one or more of +numerical expressions, separated with commas. These expressions define the +values for data cells of size depending on which directive is used. For +example "db 1,2,3" will define the three bytes of values 1, 2 and 3 +respectively. + The "db" and "du" directives also accept the quoted string values of any +length, which will be converted into chain of bytes when "db" is used and into +chain of words with zeroed high byte when "du" is used. For example "db 'abc'" +will define the three bytes of values 61, 62 and 63. + The "dp" directive and its synonym "df" accept the values consisting of two +numerical expressions separated with colon, the first value will become the +high word and the second value will become the low double word of the far +pointer value. Also "dd" accepts such pointers consisting of two word values +separated with colon, and "dt" accepts the word and quad word value separated +with colon, the quad word is stored first. The "dt" directive with single +expression as parameter accepts only floating point values and creates data in +FPU double extended precision format. + Any of the above directive allows the usage of special "dup" operator to +make multiple copies of given values. The count of duplicates should precede +this operator and the value to duplicate should follow - it can even be the +chain of values separated with commas, but such set of values needs to be +enclosed with parenthesis, like "db 5 dup (1,2)", which defines five copies +of the given two byte sequence. + The "file" is a special directive and its syntax is different. This +directive includes a chain of bytes from file and it should be followed by the +quoted file name, then optionally numerical expression specifying offset in +file preceded by the colon, and - also optionally - comma and numerical +expression specifying count of bytes to include (if no count is specified, all +data up to the end of file is included). For example "file 'data.bin'" will +include the whole file as binary data and "file 'data.bin':10h,4" will include +only four bytes starting at offset 10h. + The data reservation directive should be followed by only one numerical +expression, and this value defines how many cells of the specified size should +be reserved. All data definition directives also accept the "?" value, which +means that this cell should not be initialized to any value and the effect is +the same as by using the data reservation directive. The uninitialized data +may not be included in the output file, so its values should be always +considered unknown. + + Table 1.3 Data directives + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Size ³ Define ³ Reserve ³ + ³ (bytes) ³ data ³ data ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ 1 ³ db ³ rb ³ + ³ ³ file ³ ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 2 ³ dw ³ rw ³ + ³ ³ du ³ ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 4 ³ dd ³ rd ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 6 ³ dp ³ rp ³ + ³ ³ df ³ rf ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 8 ³ dq ³ rq ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 10 ³ dt ³ rt ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + +1.2.3 Constants and labels + +In the numerical expressions you can also use constants or labels instead of +numbers. To define the constant or label you should use the specific +directives. Each label can be defined only once and it is accessible from the +any place of source (even before it was defined). Constant can be redefined +many times, but in this case it is accessible only after it was defined, and +is always equal to the value from last definition before the place where it's +used. When a constant is defined only once in source, it is - like the label - +accessible from anywhere. + The definition of constant consists of name of the constant followed by the +"=" character and numerical expression, which after calculation will become +the value of constant. This value is always calculated at the time the +constant is defined. For example you can define "count" constant by using the +directive "count = 17", and then use it in the assembly instructions, like +"mov cx,count" - which will become "mov cx,17" during the compilation process. + There are different ways to define labels. The simplest is to follow the +name of label by the colon, this directive can even be followed by the other +instruction in the same line. It defines the label whose value is equal to +offset of the point where it's defined. This method is usually used to label +the places in code. The other way is to follow the name of label (without a +colon) by some data directive. It defines the label with value equal to +offset of the beginning of defined data, and remembered as a label for data +with cell size as specified for that data directive in table 1.3. + The label can be treated as constant of value equal to offset of labeled +code or data. For example when you define data using the labeled directive +"char db 224", to put the offset of this data into BX register you should use +"mov bx,char" instruction, and to put the value of byte addressed by "char" +label to DL register, you should use "mov dl,[char]" (or "mov dl,ptr char"). +But when you try to assemble "mov ax,[char]", it will cause an error, because +fasm compares the sizes of operands, which should be equal. You can force +assembling that instruction by using size override: "mov ax,word [char]", but +remember that this instruction will read the two bytes beginning at "char" +address, while it was defined as a one byte. + The last and the most flexible way to define labels is to use "label" +directive. This directive should be followed by the name of label, then +optionally size operator (it can be preceded by a colon) and then - also +optionally "at" operator and the numerical expression defining the address at +which this label should be defined. For example "label wchar word at char" +will define a new label for the 16-bit data at the address of "char". Now the +instruction "mov ax,[wchar]" will be after compilation the same as +"mov ax,word [char]". If no address is specified, "label" directive defines +the label at current offset. Thus "mov [wchar],57568" will copy two bytes +while "mov [char],224" will copy one byte to the same address. + The label whose name begins with dot is treated as local label, and its name +is attached to the name of last global label (with name beginning with +anything but dot) to make the full name of this label. So you can use the +short name (beginning with dot) of this label anywhere before the next global +label is defined, and in the other places you have to use the full name. Label +beginning with two dots are the exception - they are like global, but they +don't become the new prefix for local labels. + The "@@" name means anonymous label, you can have defined many of them in +the source. Symbol "@b" (or equivalent "@r") references the nearest preceding +anonymous label, symbol "@f" references the nearest following anonymous label. +These special symbol are case-insensitive. + + +1.2.4 Numerical expressions + +In the above examples all the numerical expressions were the simple numbers, +constants or labels. But they can be more complex, by using the arithmetical +or logical operators for calculations at compile time. All these operators +with their priority values are listed in table 1.4. +The operations with higher priority value will be calculated first, you can +of course change this behavior by putting some parts of expression into +parenthesis. The "+", "-", "*" and "/" are standard arithmetical operations, +"mod" calculates the remainder from division. The "and", "or", "xor", "shl", +"shr" and "not" perform the same logical operations as assembly instructions +of those names. The "rva" performs the conversion of an address into the +relocatable offset and is specific to some of the output formats (see 2.4). + The numbers in the expression are by default treated as a decimal, binary +numbers should have the "b" letter attached at the end, octal number should +end with "o" letter, hexadecimal numbers should begin with "0x" characters +(like in C language) or with the "$" character (like in Pascal language) or +they should end with "h" letter. Also quoted string, when encountered in +expression, will be converted into number - the first character will become +the least significant byte of number. + The numerical expression used as an address value can also contain any of +general registers used for addressing, they can be added and multiplied by +appropriate values, as it is allowed for the x86 architecture instructions. + There are also some special symbols that can be used inside the numerical +expression. First is "$", which is always equal to the value of current +offset, while "$$" is equal to base address of current addressing space. The +other one is "%", which is the number of current repeat in parts of code that +are repeated using some special directives (see 2.2). There's also "%t" +symbol, which is always equal to the current time stamp. + Any numerical expression can also consist of single floating point value +(flat assembler does not allow any floating point operations at compilation +time) in the scientific notation, they can end with the "f" letter to be +recognized, otherwise they should contain at least one of the "." or "E" +characters. So "1.0", "1E0" and "1f" define the same floating point value, +while simple "1" defines an integer value. + + Table 1.4 Arithmetical and logical operators by priority + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Priority ³ Operators ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ 0 ³ + - ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 1 ³ * / ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 2 ³ mod ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 3 ³ and or xor ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 4 ³ shl shr ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 5 ³ not ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ 6 ³ rva ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + +1.2.5 Jumps and calls + +The operand of any jump or call instruction can be preceded not only by the +size operator, but also by one of the operators specifying type of the jump: +"short", "near" of "far". For example, when assembler is in 16-bit mode, +instruction "jmp dword [0]" will become the far jump and when assembler is +in 32-bit mode, it will become the near jump. To force this instruction to be +treated differently, use the "jmp near dword [0]" or "jmp far dword [0]" form. + When operand of near jump is the immediate value, assembler will generate +the shortest variant of this jump instruction if possible (but won't create +32-bit instruction in 16-bit mode nor 16-bit instruction in 32-bit mode, +unless there is a size operator stating it). By specifying the jump type +you can force it to always generate long variant (for example "jmp near 0") +or to always generate short variant and terminate with an error when it's +impossible (for example "jmp short 0"). + + +1.2.6 Size settings + +When instruction uses some memory addressing, by default the smallest form of +instruction is generated by using the short displacement if only address +value fits in the range. This can be overridden using the "word" or "dword" +operator before the address inside the square brackets (or after the "ptr" +operator), which forces the long displacement of appropriate size to be made. +In case when address is not relative to any registers, those operators allow +also to choose the appropriate mode of absolute addressing. + Instructions "adc", "add", "and", "cmp", "or", "sbb", "sub" and "xor" with +first operand being 16-bit or 32-bit are by default generated in shortened +8-bit form when the second operand is immediate value fitting in the range +for signed 8-bit values. It also can be overridden by putting the "word" or +"dword" operator before the immediate value. The similar rules applies to the +"imul" instruction with the last operand being immediate value. + Immediate value as an operand for "push" instruction without a size operator +is by default treated as a word value if assembler is in 16-bit mode and as a +double word value if assembler is in 32-bit mode, shorter 8-bit form of this +instruction is used if possible, "word" or "dword" size operator forces the +"push" instruction to be generated in longer form for specified size. "pushw" +and "pushd" mnemonics force assembler to generate 16-bit or 32-bit code +without forcing it to use the longer form of instruction. + + +Chapter 2 Instruction set +ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ + +This chapter provides the detailed information about the instructions and +directives supported by flat assembler. Directives for defining labels were +already discussed in 1.2.3, all other directives will be described later in +this chapter. + + +2.1 The x86 architecture instructions + +In this section you can find both the information about the syntax and +purpose the assembly language instructions. If you need more technical +information, look for the Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual. + Assembly instructions consist of the mnemonic (instruction's name) and from +zero to three operands. If there are two or more operands, usually first is +the destination operand and second is the source operand. Each operand can be +register, memory or immediate value (see 1.2 for details about syntax of +operands). After the description of each instruction there are examples +of different combinations of operands, if the instruction has any. + Some instructions act as prefixes and can be followed by other instruction +in the same line, and there can be more than one prefix in a line. Each name +of the segment register is also a mnemonic of instruction prefix, altough it +is recommended to use segment overrides inside the square brackets instead of +these prefixes. + + +2.1.1 Data movement instructions + +"mov" transfers a byte, word or double word from the source operand to the +destination operand. It can transfer data between general registers, from +the general register to memory, or from memory to general register, but it +cannot move from memory to memory. It can also transfer an immediate value to +general register or memory, segment register to general register or memory, +general register or memory to segment register, control or debug register to +general register and general register to control or debug register. The "mov" +can be assembled only if the size of source operand and size of destination +operand are the same. Below are the examples for each of the allowed +combinations: + + mov bx,ax ; general register to general register + mov [char],al ; general register to memory + mov bl,[char] ; memory to general register + mov dl,32 ; immediate value to general register + mov [char],32 ; immediate value to memory + mov ax,ds ; segment register to general register + mov [bx],ds ; segment register to memory + mov ds,ax ; general register to segment register + mov ds,[bx] ; memory to segment register + mov eax,cr0 ; control register to general register + mov cr3,ebx ; general register to control register + + "xchg" swaps the contents of two operands. It can swap two byte operands, +two word operands or two double word operands. Order of operands is not +important. The operands may be two general registers, or general register +with memory. For example: + + xchg ax,bx ; swap two general registers + xchg al,[char] ; swap register with memory + + "push" decrements the stack frame pointer (ESP register), then transfers +the operand to the top of stack indicated by ESP. The operand can be memory, +general register, segment register or immediate value of word or double word +size. If operand is an immediate value and no size is specified, it is by +default treated as a word value if assembler is in 16-bit mode and as a double +word value if assembler is in 32-bit mode. "pushw" and "pushd" mnemonics are +variants of this instruction that store the values of word or double word size +respectively. If more operands follow in the same line (separated only with +spaces, not commas), compiler will assemble chain of the "push" instructions +with these operands. The examples are with single operands: + + push ax ; store general register + push es ; store segment register + pushw [bx] ; store memory + push 1000h ; store immediate value + + "pusha" saves the contents of the eight general register on the stack. +This instruction has no operands. There are two version of this instruction, +one 16-bit and one 32-bit, assembler automatically generates the appropriate +version for current mode, but it can be overridden by using "pushaw" or +"pushad" mnemonic to always get the 16-bit or 32-bit version. The 16-bit +version of this instruction pushes general registers on the stack in the +following order: AX, CX, DX, BX, the initial value of SP before AX was pushed, +BP, SI and DI. The 32-bit version pushes equivalent 32-bit general registers +in the same order. + "pop" transfers the word or double word at the current top of stack to the +destination operand, and then increments ESP to point to the new top of stack. +The operand can be memory, general register or segment register. "popw" and +"popd" mnemonics are variants of this instruction for restoring the values of +word or double word size respectively. If more operands separated with spaces +follow in the same line, compiler will assemble chain of the "pop" +instructions with these operands. + + pop bx ; restore general register + pop ds ; restore segment register + popw [si] ; restore memory + + "popa" restores the registers saved on the stack by "pusha" instruction, +except for the saved value of SP (or ESP), which is ignored. This instruction +has no operands. To force assembling 16-bit or 32-bit version of this +instruction use "popaw" or "popad" mnemonic. + + +2.1.2 Type conversion instructions + +The type conversion instructions convert bytes into words, words into double +words, and double words into quad words. These conversions can be done using +the sign extension or zero extension. The sign extension fills the extra bits +of the larger item with the value of the sign bit of the smaller item, the +zero extension simply fills them with zeros. + "cwd" and "cdq" double the size of value AX or EAX register respectively +and store the extra bits into the DX or EDX register. The conversion is done +using the sign extension. These instructions have no operands. + "cbw" extends the sign of the byte in AL throughout AX, and "cwde" extends +the sign of the word in AX throughout EAX. These instructions also have no +operands. + "movsx" converts a byte to word or double word and a word to double word +using the sign extension. "movzx" does the same, but it uses the zero +extension. The source operand can be general register or memory, while the +destination operand must be a general register. For example: + + movsx ax,al ; byte register to word register + movsx edx,dl ; byte register to double word register + movsx eax,ax ; word register to double word register + movsx ax,byte [bx] ; byte memory to word register + movsx edx,byte [bx] ; byte memory to double word register + movsx eax,word [bx] ; word memory to double word register + + +2.1.3 Binary arithmetic instructions + +"add" replaces the destination operand with the sum of the source and +destination operands and sets CF if overflow has occurred. The operands may +be bytes, words or double words. The destination operand can be general +register or memory, the source operand can be general register or immediate +value, it can also be memory if the destination operand is register. + + add ax,bx ; add register to register + add ax,[si] ; add memory to register + add [di],al ; add register to memory + add al,48 ; add immediate value to register + add [char],48 ; add immediate value to memory + + "adc" sums the operands, adds one if CF is set, and replaces the destination +operand with the result. Rules for the operands are the same as for the "add" +instruction. An "add" followed by multiple "adc" instructions can be used to +add numbers longer than 32 bits. + "inc" adds one to the operand, it does not affect CF. The operand can be a +general register or memory, and the size of the operand can be byte, word or +double word. + + inc ax ; increment register by one + inc byte [bx] ; increment memory by one + + "sub" subtracts the source operand from the destination operand and replaces +the destination operand with the result. If a borrow is required, the CF is +set. Rules for the operands are the same as for the "add" instruction. + "sbb" subtracts the source operand from the destination operand, subtracts +one if CF is set, and stores the result to the destination operand. Rules for +the operands are the same as for the "add" instruction. A "sub" followed by +multiple "sbb" instructions may be used to subtract numbers longer than 32 +bits. + "dec" subtracts one from the operand, it does not affect CF. Rules for the +operand are the same as for the "inc" instruction. + "cmp" subtracts the source operand from the destination operand. It updates +the flags as the "sub" instruction, but does not alter the source and +destination operands. Rules for the operands are the same as for the "sub" +instruction. + "neg" subtracts a signed integer operand from zero. The effect of this +instructon is to reverse the sign of the operand from positive to negative or +from negative to positive. Rules for the operand are the same as for the "inc" +instruction. + "xadd" exchanges the destination operand with the source operand, then loads +the sum of the two values into the destination operand. Rules for the operands +are the same as for the "add" instruction. + All the above binary arithmetic instructions update SF, ZF, PF and OF flags. +SF is always set to the same value as the result's sign bit, ZF is set when +all the bits of result are zero, PF is set when low order eight bits of result +contain an even number of set bits, OF is set if result is too large for a +positive number or too small for a negative number (excluding sign bit) to fit +in destination operand. + "mul" performs an unsigned multiplication of the operand and the +accumulator. If the operand is a byte, the processor multiplies it by the +contents of AL and returns the 16-bit result to AH and AL. If the operand is a +word, the processor multiplies it by the contents of AX and returns the 32-bit +result to DX and AX. If the operand is a double word, the processor multiplies +it by the contents of EAX and returns the 64-bit result in EDX and EAX. "mul" +sets CF and OF when the upper half of the result is nonzero, otherwise they +are cleared. Rules for the operand are the same as for the "inc" instruction. + "imul" performs a signed multiplication operation. This instruction has +three variations. First has one operand and behaves in the same way as the +"mul" instruction. Second has two operands, in this case destination operand +is multiplied by the source operand and the result replaces the destination +operand. Destination operand must be a general register, it can be word or +double word, source operand can be general register, memory or immediate +value. Third form has three operands, the destination operand must be a +general register, word or double word in size, source operand can be general +register or memory, and third operand must be an immediate value. The source +operand is multiplied by the immediate value and the result is stored in the +destination register. All the three forms calculate the product to twice the +size of operands and set CF and OF when the upper half of the result is +nonzero, but second and third form truncate the product to the size of +operands. So second and third forms can be also used for unsigned operands +because, whether the operands are signed or unsigned, the lower half of the +product is the same. Below are the examples for all three forms: + + imul bl ; accumulator by register + imul word [si] ; accumulator by memory + imul bx,cx ; register by register + imul bx,[si] ; register by memory + imul bx,10 ; register by immediate value + imul ax,bx,10 ; register by immediate value to register + imul ax,[si],10 ; memory by immediate value to register + + "div" performs an unsigned division of the accumulator by the operand. +The dividend (the accumulator) is twice the size of the divisor (the operand), +the quotient and remainder have the same size as the divisor. If divisor is +byte, the dividend is taken from AX register, the quotient is stored in AL and +the remainder is stored in AH. If divisor is word, the upper half of dividend +is taken from DX, the lower half of dividend is taken from AX, the quotient is +stored in AX and the remainder is stored in DX. If divisor is double word, +the upper half of dividend is taken from EDX, the lower half of dividend is +taken from EAX, the quotient is stored in EAX and the remainder is stored in +EDX. Rules for the operand are the same as for the "mul" instruction. + "idiv" performs a signed division of the accumulator by the operand. +It uses the same registers as the "div" instruction, and the rules for +the operand are the same. + + +2.1.4 Decimal arithmetic instructions + +Decimal arithmetic is performed by combining the binary arithmetic +instructions (already described in the prior section) with the decimal +arithmetic instructions. The decimal arithmetic instructions are used to +adjust the results of a previous binary arithmetic operation to produce a +valid packed or unpacked decimal result, or to adjust the inputs to a +subsequent binary arithmetic operation so the operation will produce a valid +packed or unpacked decimal result. + "daa" adjusts the result of adding two valid packed decimal operands in +AL. "daa" must always follow the addition of two pairs of packed decimal +numbers (one digit in each half-byte) to obtain a pair of valid packed +decimal digits as results. The carry flag is set if carry was needed. +This instruction has no operands. + "das" adjusts the result of subtracting two valid packed decimal operands +in AL. "das" must always follow the subtraction of one pair of packed decimal +numbers (one digit in each half-byte) from another to obtain a pair of valid +packed decimal digits as results. The carry flag is set if a borrow was +needed. This instruction has no operands. + "aaa" changes the contents of register AL to a valid unpacked decimal +number, and zeroes the top four bits. "aaa" must always follow the addition +of two unpacked decimal operands in AL. The carry flag is set and AH is +incremented if a carry is necessary. This instruction has no operands. + "aas" changes the contents of register AL to a valid unpacked decimal +number, and zeroes the top four bits. "aas" must always follow the +subtraction of one unpacked decimal operand from another in AL. The carry flag +is set and AH decremented if a borrow is necessary. This instruction has no +operands. + "aam" corrects the result of a multiplication of two valid unpacked decimal +numbers. "aam" must always follow the multiplication of two decimal numbers +to produce a valid decimal result. The high order digit is left in AH, the +low order digit in AL. The generalized version of this instruction allows +adjustment of the contents of the AX to create two unpacked digits of any +number base. The standard version of this instruction has no operands, the +generalized version has one operand - an immediate value specifying the +number base for the created digits. + "aad" modifies the numerator in AH and AL to prepare for the division of two +valid unpacked decimal operands so that the quotient produced by the division +will be a valid unpacked decimal number. AH should contain the high order +digit and AL the low order digit. This instruction adjusts the value and +places the result in AL, while AH will contain zero. The generalized version +of this instruction allows adjustment of two unpacked digits of any number +base. Rules for the operand are the same as for the "aam" instruction. + + +2.1.5 Logical instructions + +"not" inverts the bits in the specified operand to form a one's +complement of the operand. It has no effect on the flags. Rules for the +operand are the same as for the "inc" instruction. + "and", "or" and "xor" instructions perform the standard +logical operations. They update the SF, ZF and PF flags. Rules for the +operands are the same as for the "add" instruction. + "bt", "bts", "btr" and "btc" instructions operate on a single bit which can +be in memory or in a general register. The location of the bit is specified +as an offset from the low order end of the operand. The value of the offset +is the taken from the second operand, it either may be an immediate byte or +a general register. These instructions first assign the value of the selected +bit to CF. "bt" instruction does nothing more, "bts" sets the selected bit to +1, "btr" resets the selected bit to 0, "btc" changes the bit to its +complement. The first operand can be word or double word. + + bt ax,15 ; test bit in register + bts word [bx],15 ; test and set bit in memory + btr ax,cx ; test and reset bit in register + btc word [bx],cx ; test and complement bit in memory + + "bsf" and "bsr" instructions scan a word or double word for first set bit +and store the index of this bit into destination operand, which must be +general register. The bit string being scanned is specified by source operand, +it may be either general register or memory. The ZF flag is set if the entire +string is zero (no set bits are found); otherwise it is cleared. If no set bit +is found, the value of the destination register is undefined. "bsf" scans from +low order to high order (starting from bit index zero). "bsr" scans from high +order to low order (starting from bit index 15 of a word or index 31 of a +double word). + + bsf ax,bx ; scan register forward + bsr ax,[si] ; scan memory reverse + + "shl" shifts the destination operand left by the number of bits specified +in the second operand. The destination operand can be byte, word, or double +word general register or memory. The second operand can be an immediate value +or the CL register. The processor shifts zeros in from the right (low order) +side of the operand as bits exit from the left side. The last bit that exited +is stored in CF. "sal" is a synonym for "shl". + + shl al,1 ; shift register left by one bit + shl byte [bx],1 ; shift memory left by one bit + shl ax,cl ; shift register left by count from cl + shl word [bx],cl ; shift memory left by count from cl + + "shr" and "sar" shift the destination operand right by the number of bits +specified in the second operand. Rules for operands are the same as for the +"shl" instruction. "shr" shifts zeros in from the left side of the operand as +bits exit from the right side. The last bit that exited is stored in CF. +"sar" preserves the sign of the operand by shifting in zeros on the left side +if the value is positive or by shifting in ones if the value is negative. + "shld" shifts bits of the destination operand to the left by the number +of bits specified in third operand, while shifting high order bits from the +source operand into the destination operand on the right. The source operand +remains unmodified. The destination operand can be a word or double word +general register or memory, the source operand must be a general register, +third operand can be an immediate value or the CL register. + + shld ax,bx,1 ; shift register left by one bit + shld [di],bx,1 ; shift memory left by one bit + shld ax,bx,cl ; shift register left by count from cl + shld [di],bx,cl ; shift memory left by count from cl + + "shrd" shifts bits of the destination operand to the right, while shifting +low order bits from the source operand into the destination operand on the +left. The source operand remains unmodified. Rules for operands are the same +as for the "shld" instruction. + "rol" and "rcl" rotate the byte, word or double word destination operand +left by the number of bits specified in the second operand. For each rotation +specified, the high order bit that exits from the left of the operand returns +at the right to become the new low order bit. "rcl" additionally puts in CF +each high order bit that exits from the left side of the operand before it +returns to the operand as the low order bit on the next rotation cycle. Rules +for operands are the same as for the "shl" instruction. + "ror" and "rcr" rotate the byte, word or double word destination operand +right by the number of bits specified in the second operand. For each rotation +specified, the low order bit that exits from the right of the operand returns +at the left to become the new high order bit. "rcr" additionally puts in CF +each low order bit that exits from the right side of the operand before it +returns to the operand as the high order bit on the next rotation cycle. +Rules for operands are the same as for the "shl" instruction. + "test" performs the same action as the "and" instruction, but it does not +alter the destination operand, only updates flags. Rules for the operands are +the same as for the "and" instruction. + "bswap" reverses the byte order of a 32-bit general register: bits 0 through +7 are swapped with bits 24 through 31, and bits 8 through 15 are swapped with +bits 16 through 23. This instruction is provided for converting little-endian +values to big-endian format and vice versa. + + bswap edx ; swap bytes in register + + +2.1.6 Control transfer instructions + +"jmp" unconditionally transfers control to the target location. The +destination address can be specified directly within the instruction or +indirectly through a register or memory, the acceptable size of this address +depends on whether the jump is near or far (it can be specified by preceding +the operand with "near" or "far" operator) and whether the instruction is +16-bit or 32-bit. Operand for near jump should be "word" size for 16-bit +instruction or the "dword" size for 32-bit instruction. Operand for far jump +should be "dword" size for 16-bit instruction or "pword" size for 32-bit +instruction. A direct "jmp" instruction includes the destination address as +part of the instruction (and can be preceded by "short", "near" or "far" +operator), the operand specifying address should be the numerical expression +for near or short jump, or two numerical expressions separated with colon for +far jump, the first specifies selector of segment, the second is the offset +within segment. The "pword" operator can be used to force the 32-bit far call, +and "dword" to force the 16-bit far call. An indirect "jmp" instruction +obtains the destination address indirectly through a register or a pointer +variable, the operand should be general register or memory. See also 1.2.5 for +some more details. + + jmp 100h ; direct near jump + jmp 0FFFFh:0 ; direct far jump + jmp ax ; indirect near jump + jmp pword [ebx] ; indirect far jump + + "call" transfers control to the procedure, saving on the stack the address +of the instruction following the "call" for later use by a "ret" (return) +instruction. Rules for the operands are the same as for the "jmp" instruction, +but the "call" has no short variant of direct instruction and thus it not +optimized. + "ret", "retn" and "retf" instructions terminate the execution of a procedure +and transfers control back to the program that originally invoked the +procedure using the address that was stored on the stack by the "call" +instruction. "ret" is the equivalent for "retn", which returns from the +procedure that was executed using the near call, while "retf" returns from +the procedure that was executed using the far call. These instructions default +to the size of address appropriate for the current code setting, but the size +of address can be forced to 16-bit by using the "retw", "retnw" and "retfw" +mnemonics, and to 32-bit by using the "retd", "retnd" and "retfd" mnemonics. +All these instructions may optionally specify an immediate operand, by adding +this constant to the stack pointer, they effectively remove any arguments that +the calling program pushed on the stack before the execution of the "call" +instruction. + "iret" returns control to an interrupted procedure. It differs from "ret" in +that it also pops the flags from the stack into the flags register. The flags +are stored on the stack by the interrupt mechanism. It defaults to the size of +return address appropriate for the current code setting, but it can be forced +to use 16-bit or 32-bit address by using the "iretw" or "iretd" mnemonic. + The conditional transfer instructions are jumps that may or may not transfer +control, depending on the state of the CPU flags when the instruction +executes. The mnemonics for conditional jumps may be obtained by attaching +the condition mnemonic (see table 2.1) to the "j" mnemonic, +for example "jc" instruction will transfer the control when the CF flag is +set. The conditional jumps can be short or near, and direct only, and can be +optimized (see 1.2.5), the operand should be an immediate value specifying +target address. + + Table 2.1 Conditions + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Mnemonic ³ Condition tested ³ Description ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ o ³ OF = 1 ³ overflow ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ no ³ OF = 0 ³ not overflow ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ c ³ ³ carry ³ + ³ b ³ CF = 1 ³ below ³ + ³ nae ³ ³ not above nor equal ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ nc ³ ³ not carry ³ + ³ ae ³ CF = 0 ³ above or equal ³ + ³ nb ³ ³ not below ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ e ³ ZF = 1 ³ equal ³ + ³ z ³ ³ zero ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ ne ³ ZF = 0 ³ not equal ³ + ³ nz ³ ³ not zero ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ be ³ CF or ZF = 1 ³ below or equal ³ + ³ na ³ ³ not above ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ a ³ CF or ZF = 0 ³ above ³ + ³ nbe ³ ³ not below nor equal ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ s ³ SF = 1 ³ sign ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ ns ³ SF = 0 ³ not sign ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ p ³ PF = 1 ³ parity ³ + ³ pe ³ ³ parity even ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ np ³ PF = 0 ³ not parity ³ + ³ po ³ ³ parity odd ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ l ³ SF xor OF = 1 ³ less ³ + ³ nge ³ ³ not greater nor equal ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ ge ³ SF xor OF = 0 ³ greater or equal ³ + ³ nl ³ ³ not less ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ le ³ (SF xor OF) or ZF = 1 ³ less or equal ³ + ³ ng ³ ³ not greater ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ g ³ (SF xor OF) or ZF = 0 ³ greater ³ + ³ nle ³ ³ not less nor equal ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + The "loop" instructions are conditional jumps that use a value placed in +CX (or ECX) to specify the number of repetitions of a software loop. All +"loop" instructions automatically decrement CX (or ECX) and terminate the +loop (don't transfer the control) when CX (or ECX) is zero. It uses CX or ECX +whether the current code setting is 16-bit or 32-bit, but it can be forced to +us CX with the "loopw" mnemonic or to use ECX with the "loopd" mnemonic. +"loope" and "loopz" are the synonyms for the same instruction, which acts as +the standard "loop", but also terminates the loop when ZF flag is set. +"loopew" and "loopzw" mnemonics force them to use CX register while "looped" +and "loopzd" force them to use ECX register. "loopne" and "loopnz" are the +synonyms for the same instructions, which acts as the standard "loop", but +also terminate the loop when ZF flag is not set. "loopnew" and "loopnzw" +mnemonics force them to use CX register while "loopned" and "loopnzd" force +them to use ECX register. Every "loop" instruction needs an operand being an +immediate value specifying target address, it can be only short jump (in the +range of 128 bytes back and 127 bytes forward from the address of instruction +following the "loop" instruction). + "jcxz" branches to the label specified in the instruction if it finds a +value of zero in CX, "jecxz" does the same, but checks the value of ECX +instead of CX. Rules for the operands are the same as for the "loop" +instruction. + "int" activates the interrupt service routine that corresponds to the +number specified as an operand to the instruction, the number should be in +range from 0 to 255. The interrupt service routine terminates with an "iret" +instruction that returns control to the instruction that follows "int". +"int3" mnemonic codes the short (one byte) trap that invokes the interrupt 3. +"into" instruction invokes the interrupt 4 if the OF flag is set. + "bound" verifies that the signed value contained in the specified register +lies within specified limits. An interrupt 5 occurs if the value contained in +the register is less than the lower bound or greater than the upper bound. It +needs two operands, the first operand specifies the register being tested, +the second operand should be memory address for the two signed limit values. +The operands can be "word" or "dword" in size. + + bound ax,[bx] ; check word for bounds + bound eax,[esi] ; check double word for bounds + + +2.1.7 I/O instructions + + "in" transfers a byte, word, or double word from an input port to AL, AX, +or EAX. I/O ports can be addressed either directly, with the immediate byte +value coded in instruction, or indirectly via the DX register. The destination +operand should be AL, AX, or EAX register. The source operand should be an +immediate value in range from 0 to 255, or DX register. + + in al,20h ; input byte from port 20h + in ax,dx ; input word from port addressed by dx + + "out" transfers a byte, word, or double word to an output port from AL, AX, +or EAX. The program can specify the number of the port using the same methods +as the "in" instruction. The destination operand should be an immediate value +in range from 0 to 255, or DX register. The source operand should be AL, AX, +or EAX register. + + out 20h,ax ; output word to port 20h + out dx,al ; output byte to port addressed by dx + + +2.1.8 Strings operations + +The string operations operate on one element of a string. A string element +may be a byte, a word, or a double word. The string elements are addressed by +SI and DI (or ESI and EDI) registers. After every string operation SI and/or +DI (or ESI and/or EDI) are automatically updated to point to the next element +of the string. If DF (direction flag) is zero, the index registers are +incremented, if DF is one, they are decremented. The amount of the increment +or decrement is 1, 2, or 4 depending on the size of the string element. Every +string operation instruction has short forms which have no operands and use +SI and/or DI when the code type is 16-bit, and ESI and/or EDI when the code +type is 32-bit. SI and ESI by default address data in the segment selected +by DS, DI and EDI always address data in the segment selected by ES. Short +form is obtained by attaching to the mnemonic of string operation letter +specifying the size of string element, it should be "b" for byte element, +"w" for word element, and "d" for double word element. Full form of string +operation needs operands providing the size operator and the memory addresses, +which can be SI or ESI with any segment prefix, DI or EDI always with ES +segment prefix. + "movs" transfers the string element pointed to by SI (or ESI) to the +location pointed to by DI (or EDI). Size of operands can be byte, word, or +double word. The destination operand should be memory addressed by DI or EDI, +the source operand should be memory addressed by SI or ESI with any segment +prefix. + + movs byte [di],[si] ; transfer byte + movs word [es:di],[ss:si] ; transfer word + movsd ; transfer double word + + "cmps" subtracts the destination string element from the source string +element and updates the flags AF, SF, PF, CF and OF, but it does not change +any of the compared elements. If the string elements are equal, ZF is set, +otherwise it is cleared. The first operand for this instruction should be the +source string element addressed by SI or ESI with any segment prefix, the +second operand should be the destination string element addressed by DI or +EDI. + + cmpsb ; compare bytes + cmps word [ds:si],[es:di] ; compare words + cmps dword [fs:esi],[edi] ; compare double words + + "scas" subtracts the destination string element from AL, AX, or EAX +(depending on the size of string element) and updates the flags AF, SF, ZF, +PF, CF and OF. If the values are equal, ZF is set, otherwise it is cleared. +The operand should be the destination string element addressed by DI or EDI. + + scas byte [es:di] ; scan byte + scasw ; scan word + scas dword [es:edi] ; scan double word + + "stos" places the value of AL, AX, or EAX into the destination string +element. Rules for the operand are the same as for the "scas" instruction. + "lods" places the source string element into AL, AX, or EAX. The operand +should be the source string element addressed by SI or ESI with any segment +prefix. + + lods byte [ds:si] ; load byte + lods word [cs:si] ; load word + lodsd ; load double word + + "ins" transfers a byte, word, or double word from an input port addressed +by DX register to the destination string element. The destination operand +should be memory addressed by DI or EDI, the source operand should be the DX +register. + + insb ; input byte + ins word [es:di],dx ; input word + ins dword [edi],dx ; input double word + + "outs" transfers the source string element to an output port addressed by +DX register. The destination operand should be the DX register and the source +operand should be memory addressed by SI or ESI with any segment prefix. + + outs dx,byte [si] ; output byte + outsw ; output word + outs dx,dword [gs:esi] ; output double word + + The repeat prefixes "rep", "repe"/"repz", and "repne"/"repnz" specify +repeated string operation. When a string operation instruction has a repeat +prefix, the operation is executed repeatedly, each time using a different +element of the string. The repetition terminates when one of the conditions +specified by the prefix is satisfied. All three prefixes automatically +decrease CX or ECX register (depending whether string operation instruction +uses the 16-bit or 32-bit addressing) after each operation and repeat the +associated operation until CX or ECX is zero. "repe"/"repz" and +"repne"/"repnz" are used exclusively with the "scas" and "cmps" instructions +(described below). When these prefixes are used, repetition of the next +instruction depends on the zero flag (ZF) also, "repe" and "repz" terminate +the execution when the ZF is zero, "repne" and "repnz" terminate the execution +when the ZF is set. + + rep movsd ; transfer multiple double words + repe cmpsb ; compare bytes until not equal + + +2.1.9 Flag control instructions + +The flag control instructions provide a method for directly changing the +state of bits in the flag register. All instructions described in this +section have no operands. + "stc" sets the CF (carry flag) to 1, "clc" zeroes the CF, "cmc" changes the +CF to its complement. "std" sets the DF (direction flag) to 1, "cld" zeroes +the DF, "sti" sets the IF (interrupt flag) to 1 and therefore enables the +interrupts, "cli" zeroes the IF and therefore disables the interrupts. + "lahf" copies SF, ZF, AF, PF, and CF to bits 7, 6, 4, 2, and 0 of the +AH register. The contents of the remaining bits are undefined. The flags +remain unaffected. + "sahf" transfers bits 7, 6, 4, 2, and 0 from the AH register into SF, ZF, +AF, PF, and CF. + "pushf" decrements "esp" by two or four and stores the low word or +double word of flags register at the top of stack, size of stored data +depends on the current code setting. "pushfw" variant forces storing the +word and "pushfd" forces storing the double word. + "popf" transfers specific bits from the word or double word at the top +of stack, then increments "esp" by two or four, this value depends on +the current code setting. "popfw" variant forces restoring from the word +and "popfd" forces restoring from the double word. + + +2.1.10 Conditional operations + + The instructions obtained by attaching the condition mnemonic (see table +2.1) to the "set" mnemonic set a byte to one if the condition is true and set +the byte to zero otherwise. The operand should be an 8-bit be general register +or the byte in memory. + + setne al ; set al if zero flag cleared + seto byte [bx] ; set byte if overflow + + "salc" instruction sets the all bits of AL register when the carry flag is +set and zeroes the AL register otherwise. This instruction has no arguments. + The instructions obtained by attaching the condition mnemonic to the "cmov" +mnemonic transfer the word or double word from the general register or memory +to the general register only when the condition is true. The destination +operand should be general register, the source operand can be general register +or memory. + + cmove ax,bx ; move when zero flag set + cmovnc eax,[ebx] ; move when carry flag cleared + + "cmpxchg" compares the value in the AL, AX, or EAX register with the +destination operand. If the two values are equal, the source operand is +loaded into the destination operand. Otherwise, the destination operand is +loaded into the AL, AX, or EAX register. The destination operand may be a +general register or memory, the source operand must be a general register. + + cmpxchg dl,bl ; compare and exchange with register + cmpxchg [bx],dx ; compare and exchange with memory + + "cmpxchg8b" compares the 64-bit value in EDX and EAX registers with the +destination operand. If the values are equal, the 64-bit value in ECX and EBX +registers is stored in the destination operand. Otherwise, the value in the +destination operand is loaded into EDX and EAX registers. The destination +operand should be a quad word in memory. + + cmpxchg8b [bx] ; compare and exchange 8 bytes + + +2.1.11 Miscellaneous instructions + +"nop" instruction occupies one byte but affects nothing but the instruction +pointer. This instruction has no operands and doesn't perform any operation. + "ud2" instruction generates an invalid opcode exception. This instruction +is provided for software testing to explicitly generate an invalid opcode. +This is instruction has no operands. + "xlat" replaces a byte in the AL register with a byte indexed by its value +in a translation table addressed by BX or EBX. The operand should be a byte +memory addressed by BX or EBX with any segment prefix. This instruction has +also a short form "xlatb" which has no operands and uses the BX or EBX address +in the segment selected by DS depending on the current code setting. + "lds" transfers a pointer variable from the source operand to DS and the +destination register. The source operand must be a memory operand, and the +destination operand must be a general register. The DS register receives the +segment selector of the pointer while the destination register receives the +offset part of the pointer. "les", "lfs", "lgs" and "lss" operate identically +to "lds" except that rather than DS register the ES, FS, GS and SS is used +respectively. + + lds bx,[si] ; load pointer to ds:bx + + "lea" transfers the offset of the source operand (rather than its value) +to the destination operand. The source operand must be a memory operand, and +the destination operand must be a general register. + + lea dx,[bx+si+1] ; load effective address to dx + + "cpuid" returns processor identification and feature information in the +EAX, EBX, ECX, and EDX registers. The information returned is selected by +entering a value in the EAX register before the instruction is executed. +This instruction has no operands. + "pause" instruction delays the execution of the next instruction an +implementation specific amount of time. It can be used to improve the +performance of spin wait loops. This instruction has no operands. + "enter" creates a stack frame that may be used to implement the scope rules +of block-structured high-level languages. A "leave" instruction at the end of +a procedure complements an "enter" at the beginning of the procedure to +simplify stack management and to control access to variables for nested +procedures. The "enter" instruction includes two parameters. The first +parameter specifies the number of bytes of dynamic storage to be allocated on +the stack for the routine being entered. The second parameter corresponds to +the lexical nesting level of the routine, it can be in range from 0 to 31. +The specified lexical level determines how many sets of stack frame pointers +the CPU copies into the new stack frame from the preceding frame. This list +of stack frame pointers is sometimes called the display. The first word (or +double word when code is 32-bit) of the display is a pointer to the last stack +frame. This pointer enables a "leave" instruction to reverse the action of the +previous "enter" instruction by effectively discarding the last stack frame. +After "enter" creates the new display for a procedure, it allocates the +dynamic storage space for that procedure by decrementing ESP by the number of +bytes specified in the first parameter. To enable a procedure to address its +display, "enter" leaves BP (or EBP) pointing to the beginning of the new stack +frame. If the lexical level is zero, "enter" pushes BP (or EBP), copies SP to +BP (or ESP to EBP) and then subtracts the first operand from ESP. For nesting +levels greater than zero, the processor pushes additional frame pointers on +the stack before adjusting the stack pointer. + + enter 2048,0 ; enter and allocate 2048 bytes on stack + + +2.1.12 System instructions + +"lmsw" loads the operand into the machine status word (bits 0 through 15 of +CR0 register), while "smsw" stores the machine status word into the +destination operand. The operand for both those instructions can be 16-bit +general register or memory, for "smsw" it can also be 32-bit general +register. + + lmsw ax ; load machine status from register + smsw [bx] ; store machine status to memory + + "lgdt" and "lidt" instructions load the values in operand into the global +descriptor table register or the interrupt descriptor table register +respectively. "sgdt" and "sidt" store the contents of the global descriptor +table register or the interrupt descriptor table register in the destination +operand. The operand should be a 6 bytes in memory. + + lgdt [ebx] ; load global descriptor table + + "lldt" loads the operand into the segment selector field of the local +descriptor table register and "sldt" stores the segment selector from the +local descriptor table register in the operand. "ltr" loads the operand into +the segment selector field of the task register and "str" stores the segment +selector from the task register in the operand. Rules for operand are the same +as for the "lmsw" and "smsw" instructions. + "lar" loads the access rights from the segment descriptor specified by +the selector in source operand into the destination operand and sets the ZF +flag. The destination operand can be a 16-bit or 32-bit general register. +The source operand should be a 16-bit general register or memory. + + lar ax,[bx] ; load access rights into word + lar eax,dx ; load access rights into double word + + "lsl" loads the segment limit from the segment descriptor specified by the +selector in source operand into the destination operand and sets the ZF flag. +Rules for operand are the same as for the "lar" instruction. + "verr" and "verw" verify whether the code or data segment specified with +the operand is readable or writable from the current privilege level. The +operand should be a word, it can be general register or memory. If the segment +is accessible and readable (for "verr") or writable (for "verw") the ZF flag +is set, otherwise it's cleared. Rules for operand are the same as for the +"lldt" instruction. + "arpl" compares the RPL (requestor's privilege level) fields of two segment +selectors. The first operand contains one segment selector and the second +operand contains the other. If the RPL field of the destination operand is +less than the RPL field of the source operand, the ZF flag is set and the RPL +field of the destination operand is increased to match that of the source +operand. Otherwise, the ZF flag is cleared and no change is made to the +destination operand. The destination operand can be a word general register +or memory, the source operand must be a general register. + + arpl bx,ax ; adjust RPL of selector in register + arpl [bx],ax ; adjust RPL of selector in memory + + "clts" clears the TS (task switched) flag in the CR0 register. This +instruction has no operands. + "lock" prefix causes the processor's bus-lock signal to be asserted during +execution of the accompanying instruction. In a multiprocessor environment, +the bus-lock signal insures that the processor has exclusive use of any shared +memory while the signal is asserted. The "lock" prefix can be prepended only +to the following instructions and only to those forms of the instructions +where the destination operand is a memory operand: "add", "adc", "and", "btc", +"btr", "bts", "cmpxchg", "cmpxchg8b", "dec", "inc", "neg", "not", "or", "sbb", +"sub", "xor", "xadd" and "xchg". If the "lock" prefix is used with one of +these instructions and the source operand is a memory operand, an undefined +opcode exception may be generated. An undefined opcode exception will also be +generated if the "lock" prefix is used with any instruction not in the above +list. The "xchg" instruction always asserts the bus-lock signal regardless of +the presence or absence of the "lock" prefix. + "hlt" stops instruction execution and places the processor in a halted +state. An enabled interrupt, a debug exception, the BINIT, INIT or the RESET +signal will resume execution. This instruction has no operands. + "invlpg" invalidates (flushes) the TLB (translation lookaside buffer) entry +specified with the operand, which should be a memory. The processor determines +the page that contains that address and flushes the TLB entry for that page. + "rdmsr" loads the contents of a 64-bit MSR (model specific register) of the +address specified in the ECX register into registers EDX and EAX. "wrmsr" +writes the contents of registers EDX and EAX into the 64-bit MSR of the +address specified in the ECX register. "rdtsc" loads the current value of the +processor's time stamp counter from the 64-bit MSR into the EDX and EAX +registers. The processor increments the time stamp counter MSR every clock +cycle and resets it to 0 whenever the processor is reset. "rdpmc" loads the +contents of the 40-bit performance monitoring counter specified in the ECX +register into registers EDX and EAX. These instructions have no operands. + "wbinvd" writes back all modified cache lines in the processor's internal +cache to main memory and invalidates (flushes) the internal caches. The +instruction then issues a special function bus cycle that directs external +caches to also write back modified data and another bus cycle to indicate that +the external caches should be invalidated. This instruction has no operands. + "rsm" return program control from the system management mode to the program +that was interrupted when the processor received an SMM interrupt. This +instruction has no operands. + "sysenter" executes a fast call to a level 0 system procedure, "sysexit" +executes a fast return to level 3 user code. The addresses used by these +instructions are stored in MSRs. These instructions have no operands. + + +2.1.13 FPU instructions + +The FPU (Floating-Point Unit) instructions operate on the floating-point +values in three formats: single precision (32-bit), double precision (64-bit) +and double extended precision (80-bit). The FPU registers form the stack and +each of them holds the double extended precision floating-point value. When +some values are pushed onto the stack or are removed from the top, the FPU +registers are shifted, so ST0 is always the value on the top of FPU stack, ST1 +is the first value below the top, etc. The ST0 name has also the synonym ST. + "fld" pushes the floating-point value onto the FPU register stack. The +operand can be 32-bit, 64-bit or 80-bit memory location or the FPU register, +its value is then loaded onto the top of FPU register stack (the ST0 +register) and is automatically converted into the double extended precision +format. + + fld dword [bx] ; load single prevision value from memory + fld st2 ; push value of st2 onto register stack + + "fld1", "fldz", "fldl2t", "fldl2e", "fldpi", "fldlg2" and "fldln2" load the +commonly used contants onto the FPU register stack. The loaded constants are ++1.0, +0.0, lb 10, lb e, pi, lg 2 and ln 2 respectively. These instructions +have no operands. + "fild" convert the singed integer source operand into double extended +precision floating-point format and pushes the result onto the FPU register +stack. The source operand can be a 16-bit, 32-bit or 64-bit memory location. + + fild qword [bx] ; load 64-bit integer from memory + + "fst" copies the value of ST0 register to the destination operand, which +can be 32-bit or 64-bit memory location or another FPU register. "fstp" +performs the same operation as "fst" and then pops the register stack, +getting rid of ST0. "fstp" accepts the same operands as the "fst" instruction +and can also store value in the 80-bit memory. + + fst st3 ; copy value of st0 into st3 register + fstp tword [bx] ; store value in memory and pop stack + + "fist" converts the value in ST0 to a signed integer and stores the result +in the destination operand. The operand can be 16-bit or 32-bit memory +location. "fistp" performs the same operation and then pops the register +stack, it accepts the same operands as the "fist" instruction and can also +store integer value in the 64-bit memory, so it has the same rules for +operands as "fild" instruction. + "fbld" converts the packed BCD integer into double extended precision +floating-point format and pushes this value onto the FPU stack. "fbstp" +converts the value in ST0 to an 18-digit packed BCD integer, stores the result +in the destination operand, and pops the register stack. The operand should be +an 80-bit memory location. + "fadd" adds the destination and source operand and stores the sum in the +destination location. The destination operand is always an FPU register, if +the source is a memory location, the destination is ST0 register and only +source operand should be specified. If both operands are FPU registers, at +least one of them should be ST0 register. An operand in memory can be a +32-bit or 64-bit value. + + fadd qword [bx] ; add double precision value to st0 + fadd st2,st0 ; add st0 to st2 + + "faddp" adds the destination and source operand, stores the sum in the +destination location and then pops the register stack. The destination operand +must be an FPU register and the source operand must be the ST0. When no +operands are specified, ST1 is used as a destination operand. + + faddp ; add st0 to st1 and pop the stack + faddp st2,st0 ; add st0 to st2 and pop the stack + +"fiadd" instruction converts an integer source operand into double extended +precision floating-point value and adds it to the destination operand. The +operand should be a 16-bit or 32-bit memory location. + + fiadd word [bx] ; add word integer to st0 + + "fsub", "fsubr", "fmul", "fdiv", "fdivr" instruction are similar to "fadd", +have the same rules for operands and differ only in the perfomed computation. +"fsub" substracts the source operand from the destination operand, "fsubr" +substract the destination operand from the source operand, "fmul" multiplies +the destination and source operands, "fdiv" divides the destination operand by +the source operand and "fdivr" divides the source operand by the destination +operand. "fsubp", "fsubrp", "fmulp", "fdivp", "fdivrp" perform the same +operations and pop the register stack, the rules for operand are the same as +for the "faddp" instruction. "fisub", "fisubr", "fimul", "fidiv", "fidivr" +perform these operations after converting the integer source operand into +floating-point value, they have the same rules for operands as "fiadd" +instruction. + "fsqrt" computes the square root of the value in ST0 register, "fsin" +computes the sine of that value, "fcos" computes the cosine of that value, +"fchs" complements its sign bit, "fabs" clears its sign to create the absolute +value, "frndint" rounds it to the nearest integral value, depending on the +current rounding mode. "f2xm1" computes the exponential value of 2 to the +power of ST0 and substracts the 1.0 from it, the value of ST0 must lie in the +range -1.0 to +1.0. All these instruction store the result in ST0 and have no +operands. + "fsincos" computes both the sine and the cosine of the value in ST0 +register, stores the sine in ST0 and pushes the cosine on the top of FPU +register stack. "fptan" computes the tangent of the value in ST0, stores the +result in ST0 and pushes a 1.0 onto the FPU register stack. "fpatan" computes +the arctangent of the value in ST1 divided by the value in ST0, stores the +result in ST1 and pops the FPU register stack. "fyl2x" computes the binary +logarithm of ST0, multiplies it by ST1, stores the result in ST1 and pops the +FPU register stack; "fyl2xp1" performs the same operation but it adds 1.0 to +ST0 before computing the logarithm. "fprem" computes the remainder obtained +from dividing the value in ST0 by the value in ST1, and stores the result +in ST0. "fprem1" performs the same operation as "fprem", but it computes the +remainder in the way specified by IEEE Standard 754. "fscale" truncates the +value in ST1 and increases the exponent of ST0 by this value. "fxtract" +separates the value in ST0 into its exponent and significand, stores the +exponent in ST0 and pushes the significand onto the register stack. "fnop" +performs no operation. These instruction have no operands. + "fxch" exchanges the contents of ST0 an another FPU register. The operand +should be an FPU register, if no operand is specified, the contents of ST0 and +ST1 are exchanged. + "fcom" and "fcomp" compare the contents of ST0 and the source operand and +set flags in the FPU status word according to the results. "fcomp" +additionally pops the register stack after performing the comparison. The +operand can be a single or double precision value in memory or the FPU +register. When no operand is specified, ST1 is used as a source operand. + + fcom ; compare st0 with st1 + fcomp st2 ; compare st0 with st2 and pop stack + + "fcompp" compares the contents of ST0 and ST1, sets flags in the FPU status +word according to the results and pops the register stack twice. This +instruction has no operands. + "fucom", "fucomp" and "fucompp" performs an unordered comparison of two FPU +registers. Rules for operands are the same as for the "fcom", "fcomp" and +"fcompp", but the source operand must be an FPU register. + "ficom" and "ficomp" compare the value in ST0 with an integer source operand +and set the flags in the FPU status word according to the results. "ficomp" +additionally pops the register stack after performing the comparison. The +integer value is converted to double extended precision floating-point format +before the comparison is made. The operand should be a 16-bit or 32-bit +memory location. + + ficom word [bx] ; compare st0 with 16-bit integer + + "fcomi", "fcomip", "fucomi", "fucomip" perform the comparison of ST0 with +another FPU register and set the ZF, PF and CF flags according to the results. +"fcomip" and "fucomip" additionaly pop the register stack after performing the +comparison. The instructions obtained by attaching the FPU condition mnemonic +(see table 2.2) to the "fcmov" mnemonic transfer the specified FPU register +into ST0 register if the fiven test condition is true. These instruction +allow two different syntaxes, one with single operand specifying the source +FPU register, and one with two operands, in that case destination operand +should be ST0 register and the second operand specifies the source FPU +register. + + fcomi st2 ; compare st0 with st2 and set flags + fcmovb st0,st2 ; transfer st2 to st0 if below + + Table 2.2 FPU conditions + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Mnemonic ³ Condition tested ³ Description ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ b ³ CF = 1 ³ below ³ + ³ e ³ ZF = 1 ³ equal ³ + ³ be ³ CF or ZF = 1 ³ below or equal ³ + ³ u ³ PF = 1 ³ unordered ³ + ³ nb ³ CF = 0 ³ not below ³ + ³ ne ³ ZF = 0 ³ not equal ³ + ³ nbe ³ CF and ZF = 0 ³ not below nor equal ³ + ³ nu ³ PF = 0 ³ not unordered ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + "ftst" compares the value in ST0 with 0.0 and sets the flags in the FPU +status word according to the results. "fxam" examines the contents of the ST0 +and sets the flags in FPU status word to indicate the class of value in the +register. These instructions have no operands. + "fstsw" and "fnstsw" store the current value of the FPU status word in the +destination location. The destination operand can be either a 16-bit memory or +the AX register. "fstsw" checks for pending umasked FPU exceptions before +storing the status word, "fnstsw" does not. + "fstcw" and "fnstcw" store the current value of the FPU control word at the +specified destination in memory. "fstcw" checks for pending umasked FPU +exceptions before storing the control word, "fnstcw" does not. "fldcw" loads +the operand into the FPU control word. The operand should be a 16-bit memory +location. + "fstenv" and "fnstenv" store the current FPU operating environment at the +memory location specified with the destination operand, and then mask all FPU +exceptions. "fstenv" checks for pending umasked FPU exceptions before +proceeding, "fnstenv" does not. "fldenv" loads the complete operating +environment from memory into the FPU. "fsave" and "fnsave" store the current +FPU state (operating environment and register stack) at the specified +destination in memory and reinitializes the FPU. "fsave" check for pending +unmasked FPU exceptions before proceeding, "fnsave" does not. "frstor" +loads the FPU state from the specified memory location. All these instructions +need an operand being a memory location. + "finit" and "fninit" set the FPU operating environment into its default +state. "finit" checks for pending unmasked FPU exception before proceeding, +"fninit" does not. "fclex" and "fnclex" clear the FPU exception flags in the +FPU status word. "fclex" checks for pending unmasked FPU exception before +proceeding, "fnclex" does not. "wait" and "fwait" are synonyms for the same +instruction, which causes the processor to check for pending unmasked FPU +exceptions and handle them before proceeding. These instruction have no +operands. + "ffree" sets the tag associated with specified FPU register to empty. The +operand should be an FPU register. + "fincstp" and "fdecstp" rotate the FPU stack by one by adding or +substracting one to the pointer of the top of stack. These instruction have no +operands. + + +2.1.14 MMX instructions + +The MMX instructions operate on the packed integer types and use the MMX +registers, which are the low 64-bit parts of the 80-bit FPU registers. Because +of this MMX instructions cannot be used at the same time as FPU instructions. +They can operate on packed bytes (eight 8-bit integers), packed words (four +16-bit integers) or packed double words (two 32-bit integers), use of packed +formats allows to perform operations on multiple data at one time. + "movq" copies a quad word from the source operand to the destination +operand. At least one of the operands must be a MMX register, the second one +can be also a MMX register or 64-bit memory location. + + movq mm0,mm1 ; move quad word from register to register + movq mm2,[ebx] ; move quad word from memory to register + + "movd" copies a double word from the source operand to the destination +operand. One of the operands must be a MMX register, the second one can be a +general register or 32-bit memory location. Only low double word of MMX +register is used. + All general MMX operations have two operands, the destination operand should +be a MMX register, the source operand can be a MMX register or 64-bit memory +location. Operation is performed on the corresponding data elements of the +source and destination operand and stored in the data elements of the +destination operand. "paddb", "paddw" and "paddd" perform the addition of +packed bytes, packed words, or packed double words. "psubb", "psubw" and +"psubd" perform the substraction of appropriate types. "paddsb", "paddsw", +"psubsb" and "psubsw" perform the addition or substraction of packed bytes +or packed words with the signed saturation. "paddusb", "paddusw", "psubusb", +"psubusw" are analoguous, but with unsigned saturation. "pmulhw" and "pmullw" +performs a signed multiply of the packed words and store the high or low words +of the results in the destination operand. "pmaddwd" performs a multiply of +the packed words and adds the four intermediate double word products in pairs +to produce result as a packed double words. "pand", "por" and "pxor" perform +the logical operations on the quad words, "pandn" peforms also a logical +negation of the destination operand before performing the "and" operation. +"pcmpeqb", "pcmpeqw" and "pcmpeqd" compare for equality of packed bytes, +packed words or packed double words. If a pair of data elements is equal, the +corresponding data element in the destination operand is filled with bits of +value 1, otherwise it's set to 0. "pcmpgtb", "pcmpgtw" and "pcmpgtd" perform +the similar operation, but they check whether the data elements in the +destination operand are greater than the correspoding data elements in the +source operand. "packsswb" converts packed signed words into packed signed +bytes, "packssdw" converts packed signed double words into packed signed +words, using saturation to handle overflow conditions. "packuswb" converts +packed signed words into packed unsigned bytes. Converted data elements from +the source operand are stored in the low part of the destination operand, +while converted data elements from the destination operand are stored in the +high part. "punpckhbw", "punpckhwd" and "punpckhdq" interleaves the data +elements from the high parts of the source and destination operands and +stores the result into the destination operand. "punpcklbw", "punpcklwd" and +"punpckldq" perform the same operation, but the low parts of the source and +destination operand are used. + + paddsb mm0,[esi] ; add packed bytes with signed saturation + pcmpeqw mm3,mm7 ; compare packed words for equality + + "psllw", "pslld" and "psllq" perform logical shift left of the packed words, +packed double words or a single quad word in the destination operand by the +amount specified in the source operand. "psrlw", "psrld" and "psrlq" perform +logical shift right of the packed words, packed double words or a single quad +word. "psraw" and "psrad" perform arithmetic shift of the packed words or +double words. The destination operand should be a MMX register, while source +operand can be a MMX register, 64-bit memory location, or 8-bit immediate +value. + + psllw mm2,mm4 ; shift words left logically + psrad mm4,[ebx] ; shift double words right arithmetically + + "emms" makes the FPU registers usable for the FPU instructions, it must be +used before using the FPU instructions if any MMX instructions were used. + + +2.1.15 SSE instructions + +The SSE extension adds more MMX instructions and also introduces the +operations on packed single precision floating point values. The 128-bit +packed single precision format consists of four single precision floating +point values. The 128-bit SSE registers are designed for the purpose of +operations on this data type. + "movaps" and "movups" transfer a double quad word operand containing packed +single precision values from source operand to destination operand. At least +one of the operands have to be a SSE register, the second one can be also a +SSE register or 128-bit memory location. Memory operands for "movaps" +instruction must be aligned on boundary of 16 bytes, operands for "movups" +instruction don't have to be aligned. + + movups xmm0,[ebx] ; move unaligned double quad word + + "movlps" moves packed two single precision values between the memory and the +low quad word of SSE register. "movhps" moved packed two single precision +values between the memory and the high quad word of SSE register. One of the +operands must be a SSE register, and the other operand must be a 64-bit memory +location. + + movlps xmm0,[ebx] ; move memory to low quad word of xmm0 + movhps [esi],xmm7 ; move high quad word of xmm7 to memory + + "movlhps" moves packed two single precision values from the low quad word +of source register to the high quad word of destination register. "movhlps" +moves two packed single precision values from the high quad word of source +register to the low quad word of destination register. Both operands have to +be a SSE registers. + "movmskps" transfers the most significant bit of each of the four single +precision values in the SSE register into low four bits of a general register. +The source operand must be a SSE register, the destination operand must be a +general register. + "movss" transfers a single precision value between source and destination +operand (only the low double word is trasferred). At least one of the operands +have to be a SSE register, the second one can be also a SSE register or 32-bit +memory location. + + movss [edi],xmm3 ; move low double word of xmm3 to memory + + Each of the SSE arithmetic operations has two variants. When the mnemonic +ends with "ps", the source operand can be a 128-bit memory location or a SSE +register, the destination operand must be a SSE register and the operation is +performed on packed four single precision values, for each pair of the +corresponding data elements separately, the result is stored in the +destination register. When the mnemonic ends with "ss", the source operand +can be a 32-bit memory location or a SSE register, the destination operand +must be a SSE register and the operation is performed on single precision +values, only low double words of SSE registers are used in this case, the +result is stored in the low double word of destination register. "addps" and +"addss" add the values, "subps" and "subss" substract the source value from +destination value, "mulps" and "mulss" multiply the values, "divps" and +"divss" divide the destination value by the source value, "rcpps" and "rcpss" +compute the approximate reciprocal of the source value, "sqrtps" and "sqrtss" +compute the square root of the source value, "rsqrtps" and "rsqrtss" compute +the approximate reciprocal of square root of the source value, "maxps" and +"maxss" compare the source and destination values and return the greater one, +"minps" and "minss" compare the source and destination values and return the +lesser one. + + mulss xmm0,[ebx] ; multiply single precision values + addps xmm3,xmm7 ; add packed single precision values + + "andps", "andnps", "orps" and "xorps" perform the logical operations on +packed single precision values. The source operand can be a 128-bit memory +location or a SSE register, the destination operand must be a SSE register. + "cmpps" compares packed single precision values and returns a mask result +into the destination operand, which must be a SSE register. The source operand +can be a 128-bit memory location or SSE register, the third operand must be an +immediate operand selecting code of one of the eight compare conditions +(table 2.3). "cmpss" performs the same operation on single precision values, +only low double word of destination register is affected, in this case source +operand can be a 32-bit memory location or SSE register. These two +instructions have also variants with only two operands and the condition +encoded within mnemonic. Their mnemonics are obtained by attaching the +mnemonic from table 2.3 to the "cmp" mnemonic and then attaching the "ps" or +"ss" at the end. + + cmpps xmm2,xmm4,0 ; compare packed single precision values + cmpltss xmm0,[ebx] ; compare single precision values + + Table 2.3 SSE conditions + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Code ³ Mnemonic ³ Description ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ 0 ³ eq ³ equal ³ + ³ 1 ³ lt ³ less than ³ + ³ 2 ³ le ³ less than or equal ³ + ³ 3 ³ unord ³ unordered ³ + ³ 4 ³ neq ³ not equal ³ + ³ 5 ³ nlt ³ not less than ³ + ³ 6 ³ nle ³ not less than nor equal ³ + ³ 7 ³ ord ³ ordered ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + "comiss" and "ucomiss" compare the single precision values and set the ZF, +PF and CF flags to show the result. The destination operand must be a SSE +register, the source operand can be a 32-bit memory location or SSE register. + "shufps" moves any two of the four single precision values from the +destination operand into the low quad word of the destination operand, and any +two of the four values from the source operand into the high quad word of the +destination operand. The destination operand must be a SSE register, the +source operand can be a 128-bit memory location or SSE register, the third +operand must be an 8-bit immediate value selecting which values will be moved +into the destination operand. Bits 0 and 1 select the value to be moved from +destination operand to the low double word of the result, bits 2 and 3 select +the value to be moved from the destination operand to the second double word, +bits 4 and 5 select the value to be moved from the source operand to the third +double word, and bits 6 and 7 select the value to be moved from the source +operand to the high double word of the result. + + shufps xmm0,xmm0,10010011b ; shuffle double words + + "unpckhps" performs an interleaved unpack of the values from the high parts +of the source and destination operands and stores the result in the +destination operand, which must be a SSE register. The source operand can be +a 128-bit memory location or a SSE register. "unpcklps" performs an +interleaved unpack of the values from the low parts of the source and +destination operand and stores the result in the destination operand, +the rules for operands are the same. + "cvtpi2ps" converts packed two double word integers into the the packed two +single precision floating point values and stores the result in the low quad +word of the destination operand, which should be a SSE register. The source +operand can be a 64-bit memory location or MMX register. + + cvtpi2ps xmm0,mm0 ; convert integers to single precision values + + "cvtsi2ss" converts a double word integer into a single precision floating +point value and stores the result in the low double word of the destination +operand, which should be a SSE register. The source operand can be a 32-bit +memory location or 32-bit general register. + + cvtsi2ss xmm0,eax ; convert integer to single precision value + + "cvtps2pi" converts packed two single precision floating point values into +packed two double word integers and stores the result in the destination +operand, which should be a MMX register. The source operand can be a 64-bit +memory location or SSE register, only low quad word of SSE register is used. +"cvttps2pi" performs the similar operation, except that truncation is used to +round a source values to integers, rules for the operands are the same. + + cvtps2pi mm0,xmm0 ; convert single precision values to integers + + "cvtss2si" convert a single precision floating point value into a double +word integer and stores the result in the destination operand, which should be +a 32-bit general register. The source operand can be a 32-bit memory location +or SSE register, only low double word of SSE register is used. "cvttss2si" +performs the similar operation, except that truncation is used to round a +source value to integer, rules for the operands are the same. + + cvtss2si eax,xmm0 ; convert single precision value to integer + + "pextrw" copies the word in the source operand specified by the third +operand to the destination operand. The source operand must be a MMX register, +the destination operand must be a 32-bit general register (but only the low +word of it is affected), the third operand must an 8-bit immediate value. + + pextrw eax,mm0,1 ; extract word into eax + + "pinsrw" inserts a word from the source operand in the destination operand +at the location specified with the third operand, which must be an 8-bit +immediate value. The destination operand must be a MMX register, the source +operand can be a 16-bit memory location or 32-bit general register (only low +word of the register is used). + + pinsrw mm1,ebx,2 ; insert word from ebx + + "pavgb" and "pavgw" compute average of packed bytes or words. "pmaxub" +return the maximum values of packed unsigned bytes, "pminub" returns the +minimum values of packed unsigned bytes, "pmaxsw" returns the maximum values +of packed signed words, "pminsw" returns the minimum values of packed signed +words. "pmulhuw" performs a unsigned multiply of the packed words and stores +the high words of the results in the destination operand. "psadbw" computes +the absolute differences of packed unsigned bytes, sums the differences, and +stores the sum in the low word of destination operand. All these instructions +follow the same rules for operands as the general MMX operations described in +previous section. + "pmovmskb" creates a mask made of the most significant bit of each byte in +the source operand and stores the result in the low byte of destination +operand. The source operand must be a MMX register, the destination operand +must a 32-bit general register. + "pshufw" inserts words from the source operand in the destination operand +from the locations specified with the third operand. The destination operand +must be a MMX register, the source operand can be a 64-bit memory location or +MMX register, third operand must an 8-bit immediate value selecting which +values will be moved into destination operand, in the similar way as the third +operand of the "shufps" instruction. + "movntq" moves the quad word from the source operand to memory using a +non-temporal hint to minimize cache pollution. The source operand should be a +MMX register, the destination operand should be a 64-bit memory location. +"movntps" stores packed single precision values from the SSE register to +memory using a non-temporal hint. The source operand should be a SSE register, +the destination operand should be a 128-bit memory location. "maskmovq" stores +selected bytes from the first operand into a 64-bit memory location using a +non-temporal hint. Both operands should be a MMX registers, the second operand +selects wich bytes from the source operand are written to memory. The +memory location is pointed by DI (or EDI) register in the segment selected +by DS. + "prefetcht0", "prefetcht1", "prefetcht2" and "prefetchnta" fetch the line +of data from memory that contains byte specified with the operand to a +specified location in hierarchy. The operand should be an 8-bit memory +location. + "sfence" performs a serializing operation on all instruction storing to +memory that were issued prior to it. This instruction has no operands. + "ldmxcsr" loads the 32-bit memory operand into the MXCSR register. "stmxcsr" +stores the contents of MXCSR into a 32-bit memory operand. + "fxsave" saves the current state of the FPU, MXCSR register, and all the FPU +and SSE registers to a 512-byte memory location specified in the destination +operand. "fxrstor" reloads data previously stored with "fxsave" instruction +from the specified 512-byte memory location. The memory operand for both those +instructions must be aligned on 16 byte boundary, it should declare operand +of no specified size. + + +2.1.16 SSE2 instructions + +The SSE2 extension introduces the operations on packed double precision +floating point values, extends the syntax of MMX instructions, and adds also +some new instructions. + "movapd" and "movupd" transfer a double quad word operand containing packed +double precision values from source operand to destination operand. These +instructions are analogous to "movaps" and "movups" and have the same rules +for operands. + "movlpd" moves double precision value between the memory and the low quad +word of SSE register. "movhpd" moved double precision value between the memory +and the high quad word of SSE register. These instructions are analogous to +"movlps" and "movhps" and have the same rules for operands. + "movmskpd" transfers the most significant bit of each of the two double +precision values in the SSE register into low two bits of a general register. +This instruction is analogous to "movmskps" and has the same rules for +operands. + "movsd" transfers a double precision value between source and destination +operand (only the low quad word is trasferred). At least one of the operands +have to be a SSE register, the second one can be also a SSE register or 64-bit +memory location. + Arithmetic operations on double precision values are: "addpd", "addsd", +"subpd", "subsd", "mulpd", "mulsd", "divpd", "divsd", "sqrtpd", "sqrtsd", +"maxpd", "maxsd", "minpd", "minsd", and they are analoguous to arithmetic +operations on single precision values described in previous section. When the +mnemonic ends with "pd" instead of "ps", the operation is performed on packed +two double precision values, but rules for operands are the same. When the +mnemonic ends with "sd" instead of "ss", the source operand can be a 64-bit +memory location or a SSE register, the destination operand must be a SSE +register and the operation is performed on double precision values, only low +quad words of SSE registers are used in this case. + "andpd", "andnpd", "orpd" and "xorpd" perform the logical operations on +packed double precision values. They are analoguous to SSE logical operations +on single prevision values and have the same rules for operands. + "cmppd" compares packed double precision values and returns and returns a +mask result into the destination operand. This instruction is analoguous to +"cmpps" and has the same rules for operands. "cmpsd" performs the same +operation on double precision values, only low quad word of destination +register is affected, in this case source operand can be a 64-bit memory or +SSE register. Variant with only two operands are obtained by attaching the +condition mnemonic from table 2.3 to the "cmp" mnemonic and then attaching +the "pd" or "sd" at the end. + "comisd" and "ucomisd" compare the double precision values and set the ZF, +PF and CF flags to show the result. The destination operand must be a SSE +register, the source operand can be a 128-bit memory location or SSE register. + "shufpd" moves any of the two double precision values from the destination +operand into the low quad word of the destination operand, and any of the two +values from the source operand into the high quad word of the destination +operand. This instruction is analoguous to "shufps" and has the same rules for +operand. Bit 0 of the third operand selects the value to be moved from the +destination operand, bit 1 selects the value to be moved from the source +operand, the rest of bits are reserved and must be zeroed. + "unpckhpd" performs an unpack of the high quad words from the source and +destination operands, "unpcklpd" performs an unpack of the low quad words from +the source and destination operands. They are analoguous to "unpckhps" and +"unpcklps", and have the same rules for operands. + "cvtps2pd" converts the packed two single precision floating point values to +two packed double precision floating point values, the destination operand +must be a SSE register, the source operand can be a 64-bit memory location or +SSE register. "cvtpd2ps" converts the packed two double precision floating +point values to packed two single precision floating point values, the +destination operand must be a SSE register, the source operand can be a +128-bit memory location or SSE register. "cvtss2sd" converts the single +precision floating point value to double precision floating point value, the +destination operand must be a SSE register, the source operand can be a 32-bit +memory location or SSE register. "cvtsd2ss" converts the double precision +floating point value to single precision floating point value, the destination +operand must be a SSE register, the source operand can be 64-bit memory +location or SSE register. + "cvtpi2pd" converts packed two double word integers into the the packed +double precision floating point values, the destination operand must be a SSE +register, the source operand can be a 64-bit memory location or MMX register. +"cvtsi2sd" converts a double word integer into a double precision floating +point value, the destination operand must be a SSE register, the source +operand can be a 32-bit memory location or 32-bit general register. "cvtpd2pi" +converts packed double precision floating point values into packed two double +word integers, the destination operand should be a MMX register, the source +operand can be a 128-bit memory location or SSE register. "cvttpd2pi" performs +the similar operation, except that truncation is used to round a source values +to integers, rules for operands are the same. "cvtsd2si" converts a double +precision floating point value into a double word integer, the destination +operand should be a 32-bit general register, the source operand can be a +64-bit memory location or SSE register. "cvttsd2si" performs the similar +operation, except that truncation is used to round a source value to integer, +rules for operands are the same. + "cvtps2dq" and "cvttps2dq" convert packed single precision floating point +values to packed four double word integers, storing them in the destination +operand. "cvtpd2dq" and "cvttpd2dq" convert packed double precision floating +point values to packed two double word integers, storing the result in the low +quad word of the destination operand. "cvtdq2ps" converts packed four +double word integers to packed single precision floating point values. +"cvtdq2pd" converts packed two double word integers from the low quad word +of the source operand to packed double precision floating point values. +For all these instruction destination operand must be a SSE register, the +source operand can be a 128-bit memory location or SSE register. + "movdqa" and "movdqu" transfer a double quad word operand containing packed +integers from source operand to destination operand. At least one of the +operands have to be a SSE register, the second one can be also a SSE register +or 128-bit memory location. Memory operands for "movdqa" instruction must be +aligned on boundary of 16 bytes, operands for "movdqu" instruction don't have +to be aligned. + "movq2dq" moves the contents of the MMX source register to the low quad word +of destination SSE register. "movdq2q" moves the low quad word from the source +SSE register to the destination MMX register. + + movq2dq xmm0,mm1 ; move from MMX register to SSE register + movdq2q mm0,xmm1 ; move from SSE register to MMX register + + All MMX instructions operating on the 64-bit packed integers (those with +mnemonics starting with "p") are extended to operate on 128-bit packed +integers located in SSE registers. Additional syntax for these instructions +needs an SSE register where MMX register was needed, and the 128-bit memory +location or SSE register where 64-bit memory location of MMX register were +needed. The exception is "pshufw" instruction, which doesn't allow extended +syntax, but has two new variants: "pshufhw" and "pshuflw", which allow only +the extended syntax, and perform the same operation as "pshufw" on the high +or low quad words of operands respectively. Also the new instruction "pshufd" +is introduced, which performs the same operation as "pshufw", but on the +double words instead of words, it allows only the extended syntax. + + psubb xmm0,[esi] ; substract 16 packed bytes + pextrw eax,xmm0,7 ; extract highest word into eax + + "paddq" performs the addition of packed quad words, "psubq" performs the +substraction of packed quad words, "pmuludq" performs an unsigned multiply +of low double words from each corresponding quad words and returns the results +in packed quad words. These instructions follow the same rules for operands as +the general MMX operations described in 2.1.14. + "pslldq" and "psrldq" perform logical shift left or right of the double +quad word in the destination operand by the amount of bits specified in the +source operand. The destination operand should be a SSE register, source +operand should be an 8-bit immediate value. + "punpckhqdq" interleaves the high quad word of the source operand and the +high quad word of the destination operand and writes them to the destination +SSE register. "punpcklqdq" interleaves the low quad word of the source operand +and the low quad word of the destination operand and writes them to the +destination SSE register. The source operand can be a 128-bit memory location +or SSE register. + "movntdq" stores packed integer data from the SSE register to memory using +non-temporal hint. The source operand should be a SSE register, the +destination operand should be a 128-bit memory location. "movntpd" stores +packed double precision values from the SSE register to memory using a +non-temporal hint. Rules for operand are the same. "movnti" stores integer +from a general register to memory using a non-temporal hint. The source +operand should be a 32-bit general register, the destination operand should +be a 32-bit memory location. "maskmovdqu" stores selected bytes from the first +operand into a 128-bit memory location using a non-temporal hint. Both +operands should be a SSE registers, the second operand selects wich bytes from +the source operand are written to memory. The memory location is pointed by DI +(or EDI) register in the segment selected by DS and does not need to be +aligned. + "clflush" writes and invalidates the cache line associated with the address +of byte specified with the operand, which should be a 8-bit memory location. + "lfence" performs a serializing operation on all instruction loading from +memory that were issued prior to it. "mfence" performs a serializing operation +on all instruction accesing memory that were issued prior to it, and so it +combines the functions of "sfence" (described in previous section) and +"lfence" instructions. These instructions have no operands. + + +2.1.17 SSE3 instructions + +Prescott technology introduced some new instructions to improve the performance +of SSE and SSE2 - this extension is called SSE3. + "fisttp" behaves like the "fistp" instruction and accepts the same operands, +the only difference is that it always used truncation, irrespective of the +rounding mode. + "movshdup" loads into destination operand the 128-bit value obtained from +the source value of the same size by filling the each quad word with the two +duplicates of the value in its high double word. "movsldup" performs the same +action, except it duplicates the values of low double words. The destination +operand should be SSE register, the source operand can be SSE register or +128-bit memory location. + "movddup" loads the 64-bit source value and duplicates it into high and low +quad word of the destination operand. The destination operand should be SSE +register, the source operand can be SSE register or 64-bit memory location. + "lddqu" is functionally equivalent to "movdqu" instruction with memory as +source operand, but it may improve performance when the source operand crosses +a cacheline boundary. The destination operand has to be SSE register, the +source operand must be 128-bit memory location. + "addsubps" performs single precision addition of second and fourth pairs and +single precision substracion of the first and third pairs of floating point +values in the operands. "addsubpd" performs double precision addition of the +second pair and double precision substraction of the first pair of floating +point values in the operand. "haddps" performs the addition of two single +precision values within the each quad word of source and destination operands, +and stores the results of such horizontal addition of values from destination +operand into low quad word of destination operand, and the results from the +source operand into high quad word of destination operand. "haddpd" performs +the addition of two double precision values within each operand, and stores +the result from destination operand into low quad word of destination operand, +and the result from source operand into high quad word of destination operand. +All these instruction need the destination operand to be SSE register, source +operand can be SSE register or 128-bit memory location. + "monitor" sets up an address range for monitoring of write-back stores. It +need its three operands to be EAX, ECX and EDX register in that order. "mwait" +waits for a write-back store to the address range set up by the "monitor" +instruction. It uses two operands with additional parameters, first being the +EAX and second the ECX register. + + +2.1.18 AMD 3DNow! instructions + +The 3DNow! extension adds a new MMX instructions to those described in 2.1.14, +and introduces operation on the 64-bit packed floating point values, each +consisting of two single precision floating point values. + These instructions follow the same rules as the general MMX operations, the +destination operand should be a MMX register, the source operand can be a MMX +register or 64-bit memory location. "pavgusb" computes the rounded averages +of packed unsigned bytes. "pmulhrw" performs a signed multiply of the packed +words, round the high word of each double word results and stores them in the +destination operand. "pi2fd" converts packed double word integers into +packed floating point values. "pf2id" converts packed floating point values +into packed double word integers using truncation. "pi2fw" converts packed +word integers into packed floating point values, only low words of each +double word in source operand are used. "pf2iw" converts packed floating +point values to packed word integers, results are extended to double words +using the sign extension. "pfadd" adds packed floating point values. "pfsub" +and "pfsubr" substracts packed floating point values, the first one substracts +source values from destination values, the second one substracts destination +values from the source values. "pfmul" multiplies packed floating point +values. "pfacc" adds the low and high floating point values of the destination +operand, storing the result in the low double word of destination, and adds +the low and high floating point values of the source operand, storing the +result in the high double word of destination. "pfnacc" substracts the high +floating point value of the destination operand from the low, storing the +result in the low double word of destination, and substracts the high floating +point value of the source operand from the low, storing the result in the high +double word of destination. "pfpnacc" substracts the high floating point value +of the destination operand from the low, storing the result in the low double +word of destination, and adds the low and high floating point values of the +source operand, storing the result in the high double word of destination. +"pfmax" and "pfmin" compute the maximum and minimum of floating point values. +"pswapd" reverses the high and low double word of the source operand. "pfrcp" +returns an estimates of the reciprocals of floating point values from the +source operand, "pfrsqrt" returns an estimates of the reciprocal square +roots of floating point values from the source operand, "pfrcpit1" performs +the first step in the Newton-Raphson iteration to refine the reciprocal +approximation produced by "pfrcp" instruction, "pfrsqit1" performs the first +step in the Newton-Raphson iteration to refine the reciprocal square root +approximation produced by "pfrsqrt" instruction, "pfrcpit2" performs the +second final step in the Newton-Raphson iteration to refine the reciprocal +approximation or the reciprocal square root approximation. "pfcmpeq", +"pfcmpge" and "pfcmpgt" compare the packed floating point values and sets +all bits or zeroes all bits of the correspoding data element in the +destination operand according to the result of comparison, first checks +whether values are equal, second checks whether destination value is greater +or equal to source value, third checks whether destination value is greater +than source value. + "prefetch" and "prefetchw" load the line of data from memory that contains +byte specified with the operand into the data cache, "prefetchw" instruction +should be used when the data in the cache line is expected to be modified, +otherwise the "prefetch" instruction should be used. The operand should be an +8-bit memory location. + "femms" performs a fast clear of MMX state. This instruction has no +operands. + + +2.1.19 The x86-64 long mode instructions + +The AMD64 and EM64T architectures (we will use the common name x86-64 for them +both) extend the x86 instruction set for the 64-bit processing. While legacy +and compatibility modes use the same set of registers and instructions, the +new long mode extends the x86 operations to 64 bits and introduces several new +registers. You can turn on generating the code for this mode with the "use64" +directive. + Each of the general purpose registers is extended to 64 bits and the eight +whole new general purpose registers and also eight new SSE registers are added. +See table 2.4 for the summary of new registers (only the ones that was not +listed in table 1.2). The general purpose registers of smallers sizes are the +low order portions of the larger ones. You can still access the "ah", "bh", +"ch" and "dh" registers in long mode, but you cannot use them in the same +instruction with any of the new registers. + + Table 2.4 New registers in long mode + ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ + ³ Type ³ General ³ SSE ³ + ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ + ³ Bits ³ 8 ³ 16 ³ 32 ³ 64 ³ 128 ³ + ÆÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍØÍÍÍÍÍÍ͵ + ³ ³ ³ ³ ³ rax ³ ³ + ³ ³ ³ ³ ³ rcx ³ ³ + ³ ³ ³ ³ ³ rdx ³ ³ + ³ ³ ³ ³ ³ rbx ³ ³ + ³ ³ spl ³ ³ ³ rsp ³ ³ + ³ ³ bpl ³ ³ ³ rbp ³ ³ + ³ ³ sil ³ ³ ³ rsi ³ ³ + ³ ³ dil ³ ³ ³ rdi ³ ³ + ³ ³ r8b ³ r8w ³ r8d ³ r8 ³ xmm8 ³ + ³ ³ r9b ³ r9w ³ r9d ³ r9 ³ xmm9 ³ + ³ ³ r10b ³ r10w ³ r10d ³ r10 ³ xmm10 ³ + ³ ³ r11b ³ r11w ³ r11d ³ r11 ³ xmm11 ³ + ³ ³ r12b ³ r12w ³ r12d ³ r12 ³ xmm12 ³ + ³ ³ r13b ³ r13w ³ r13d ³ r13 ³ xmm13 ³ + ³ ³ r14b ³ r14w ³ r14d ³ r14 ³ xmm14 ³ + ³ ³ r15b ³ r15w ³ r15d ³ r15 ³ xmm15 ³ + ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ + + In general any instruction from x86 architecture, which allowed 16-bit or +32-bit operand sizes, in long mode allows also the 64-bit operands. The 64-bit +registers should be used for addressing in long mode, the 32-bit addressing +is also allowed, but it's not possible to use the addresses based on 16-bit +registers. Below are the samples of new operations possible in long mode on the +example of "mov" instruction: + + mov rax,r8 ; transfer 64-bit general register + mov al,[rbx] ; transfer memory addressed by 64-bit register + +The long mode uses also the instruction pointer based addresses, you can +specify it manually with the special RIP register symbol, but such addressing +is also automatically generated by flat assembler, since there is no 64-bit +absolute addressing in long mode. You can still force the assembler to use the +32-bit absolute addressing by putting the "dword" size override for address +inside the square brackets. There is also one exception, where the 64-bit +absolute addressing is possible, it's the "mov" instruction with one of the +operand being accumulator register, and second being the memory operand. +To force the assembler to use the 64-bit absolute addressing there, use the +"qword" size operator for address inside the square brackets. When no size +operator is applied to address, assembler generates the optimal form +automatically. + + mov [qword 0],rax ; absolute 64-bit addressing + mov [dword 0],r15d ; absolute 32-bit addressing + mov [0],rsi ; automatic RIP-relative addressing + mov [rip+3],sil ; manual RIP-relative addressing + + Also as the immediate operands for 64-bit operations only the signed 32-bit +values are possible, with the only exception being the "mov" instruction with +destination operand being 64-bit general purpose register. Trying to force the +64-bit immediate with any other instruction will cause an error. + If any operation is performed on the 32-bit general registers in long mode, +the upper 32 bits of the 64-bit registers containing them are filled with +zeros. This is unlike the operations on 16-bit or 8-bit portions of those +registers, which preserve the upper bits. + Three new type conversion instructions are available. The "cdqe" sign extends +the double word in EAX into quad word and stores the result in RAX register. +"cqo" sign extends the quad word in RAX into double quad word and stores the +extra bits in the RDX register. These instructions have no operands. "movsxd" +sign extends the double word source operand, being either the 32-bit register +or memory, into 64-bit destination operand, which has to be register. +No analogous instruction is needed for the zero extension, since it is done +automatically by any operations on 32-bit registers, as noted in previous +paragraph. And the "movzx" and "movsx" instructions, conforming to the general +rule, can be used with 64-bit destination operand, allowing extension of byte +or word values into quad words. + All the binary arithmetic and logical instruction are promoted to allow +64-bit operands in long mode. The use of decimal arithmetic instructions in +long mode is prohibited. + The stack operations, like "push" and "pop" in long mode default to 64-bit +operands and it's not possible to use 32-bit operands with them. The "pusha" +and "popa" are disallowed in long mode. + The indirect near jumps and calls in long mode default to 64-bit operands and +it's not possible to use the 32-bit operands with them. On the other hand, the +indirect far jumps and calls allow any operands that were allowed by the x86 +architecture and also 80-bit memory operand is allowed (though only EM64T seems +to implement such variant), with the first eight bytes defining the offset and +two last bytes specifying the selector. The direct far jumps and calls are not +allowed in long mode. + The I/O instructions, "in", "out", "ins" and "outs" are the exceptional +instructions that are not extended to accept quad word operands in long mode. +But all other string operations are, and there are new short forms "movsq", +"cmpsq", "scasq", "lodsq" and "stosq" introduced for the variants of string +operations for 64-bit string elements. The RSI and RDI registers are used by +default to address the string elements. + The "lfs", "lgs" and "lss" instructions are extended to accept 80-bit source +memory operand with 64-bit destination register (though only EM64T seems to +implement such variant). The "lds" and "les" are disallowed in long mode. + The system instructions like "lgdt" which required the 48-bit memory operand, +in long mode require the 80-bit memory operand. + The "cmpxchg16b" is the 64-bit equivalent of "cmpxchg8b" instruction, it uses +the double quad word memory operand and 64-bit registers to perform the +analoguous operation. + "swapgs" is the new instruction, which swaps the contents of GS register and +the KernelGSbase model-specific register (MSR address 0C0000102h). + "syscall" and "sysret" is the pair of new instructions that provide the +functionality similar to "sysenter" and "sysexit" in long mode, where the +latter pair is disallowed. + + +2.2 Control directives + +This section describes the directives that control the assembly process, they +are processed during the assembly and may cause some blocks of instructions +to be assembled differently or not assembled at all. + + +2.2.1 Numerical constants + +The "=" directive allows to define the numerical constant. It should be +preceded by the name for the constant and followed by the numerical expression +providing the value. The value of such constants can be a number or an address, +but - unlike labels - the numerical constants are not allowed to hold the +register-based addresses. Besides this difference, in their basic variant +numerical constants behave very much like labels and you can even +forward-reference them (access their values before they actually get defined). + There is, however, a second variant of numerical constants, which is +recognized by assembler when you try to define the constant of name, under +which there already was a numerical constant defined. In such case assembler +treats that constant as an assembly-time variable and allows it to be assigned +with new value, but forbids forward-referencing it (for obvious reasons). Let's +see both the variant of numerical constants in one example: + + dd sum + x = 1 + x = x+2 + sum = x + +Here the "x" is an assembly-time variable, and every time it is accessed, the +value that was assigned to it the most recently is used. Thus if we tried to +access the "x" before it gets defined the first time, like if we wrote "dd x" +in place of the "dd sum" instruction, it would cause an error. And when it is +re-defined with the "x = x+2" directive, the previous value of "x" is used to +calculate the new one. So when the "sum" constant gets defined, the "x" has +value of 3, and this value is assigned to the "sum". Since this one is defined +only once in source, it is the standard numerical constant, and can be +forward-referenced. So the "dd sum" is assembled as "dd 3". To read more about +how the assembler is able to resolve this, see section 2.2.6. + The value of numerical constant can be preceded by size operator, which can +ensure that the value will fit in the range for the specified size, and can +affect also how some of the calculations inside the numerical expression are +performed. This example: + + c8 = byte -1 + c32 = dword -1 + +defines two different constants, the first one fits in 8 bits, the second one +fits in 32 bits. + When you need to define constant with the value of address, which may be +register-based (and thus you cannot employ numerical constant for this +purpose), you can use the extended syntax of "label" directive (already +described in section 1.2.3), like: + + label myaddr at ebp+4 + +which declares label placed at "ebp+4" address. However remember that labels, +unlike numerical constants, cannot become assembly-time variables. + + +2.2.2 Conditional assembly + +"if" directive causes come block of instructions to be assembled only under +certain condition. It should be followed by logical expression specifying the +condition, instructions in next lines will be assembled only when this +condition is met, otherwise they will be skipped. The optional "else if" +directive followed with logical expression specifying additional condition +begins the next block of instructions that will be assembled if previous +conditions were not met, and the additional condition is met. The optional +"else" directive begins the block of instructions that will be assembled if +all the conditions were not met. The "end if" directive ends the last block of +instructions. + You should note that "if" directive is processed at assembly stage and +therefore it doesn't affect any preprocessor directives, like the definitions +of symbolic constants and macroinstructions - when the assembler recognizes the +"if" directive, all the preprocessing has been already finished. + The logical expression consist of logical values and logical operators. The +logical operators are "~" for logical negation, "&" for logical and, "|" for +logical or. The negation has the highest priority. Logical value can be a +numerical expression, it will be false if it is equal to zero, otherwise it +will be true. Two numerical expression can be compared using one of the +following operators to make the logical value: "=" (equal), "<" (less), +">" (greater), "<=" (less or equal), ">=" (greater or equal), +"<>" (not equal). + The "used" operator followed by a symbol name, is the logical value that +checks whether the given symbol is used somewhere (it returns correct result +even if symbol is used only after this check). The "defined" operator can be +followed by any expression, usually just by a single symbol name; it checks +whether the given expression contains only symbols that are defined in the +source and accessible from the current position. + The following simple example uses the "count" constant that should be +defined somewhere in source: + + if count>0 + mov cx,count + rep movsb + end if + +These two assembly instructions will be assembled only if the "count" constant +is greater than 0. The next sample shows more complex conditional structure: + + if count & ~ count mod 4 + mov cx,count/4 + rep movsd + else if count>4 + mov cx,count/4 + rep movsd + mov cx,count mod 4 + rep movsb + else + mov cx,count + rep movsb + end if + +The first block of instructions gets assembled when the "count" is non zero and +divisible by four, if this condition is not met, the second logical expression, +which follows the "else if", is evaluated and if it's true, the second block +of instructions get assembled, otherwise the last block of instructions, which +follows the line containing only "else", is assembled. + There are also operators that allow comparison of values being any chains of +symbols. The "eq" compares two such values whether they are exactly the same. +The "in" operator checks whether given value is a member of the list of values +following this operator, the list should be enclosed between "<" and ">" +characters, its members should be separated with commas. The symbols are +considered the same when they have the same meaning for the assembler - for +example "pword" and "fword" for assembler are the same and thus are not +distinguished by the above operators. In the same way "16 eq 10h" is the true +condition, however "16 eq 10+4" is not. + The "eqtype" operator checks whether the two compared values have the same +structure, and whether the structural elements are of the same type. The +distinguished types include numerical expressions, individual quoted strings, +floating point numbers, address expressions (the expressions enclosed in square +brackets or preceded by "ptr" operator), instruction mnemonics, registers, size +operators, jump type and code type operators. And each of the special +characters that act as a separators, like comma or colon, is the separate type +itself. For example, two values, each one consisting of register name followed +by comma and numerical expression, will be regarded as of the same type, no +matter what kind of register and how complicated numerical expression is used; +with exception for the quoted strings and floating point values, which are the +special kinds of numerical expressions and are treated as different types. Thus +"eax,16 eqtype fs,3+7" condition is true, but "eax,16 eqtype eax,1.6" is false. + + +2.2.3 Repeating blocks of instructions + +"times" directive repeats one instruction specified number of times. It +should be followed by numerical expression specifying number of repeats and +the instruction to repeat (optionally colon can be used to separate number and +instruction). When special symbol "%" is used inside the instruction, it is +equal to the number of current repeat. For example "times 5 db %" will define +five bytes with values 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Recursive use of "times" directive is +also allowed, so "times 3 times % db %" will define six bytes with values +1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 3. + "repeat" directive repeats the whole block of instructions. It should be +followed by numerical expression specifying number of repeats. Instructions +to repeat are expected in next lines, ended with the "end repeat" directive, +for example: + + repeat 8 + mov byte [bx],% + inc bx + end repeat + +The generated code will store byte values from one to eight in the memory +addressed by BX register. + Number of repeats can be zero, in that case the instructions are not +assembled at all. + The "break" directive allows to stop repeating earlier and continue assembly +from the first line after the "end repeat". Combined with the "if" directive it +allows to stop repeating under some special condition, like: + + s = x/2 + repeat 100 + if x/s = s + break + end if + s = (s+x/s)/2 + end repeat + + The "while" directive repeats the block of instructions as long as the +condition specified by the logical expression following it is true. The block +of instructions to be repeated should end with the "end while" directive. +Before each repetition the logical expression is evaluated and when its value +is false, the assembly is continued starting from the first line after the +"end while". Also in this case the "%" symbol holds the number of current +repeat. The "break" directive can be used to stop this kind of loop in the same +way as with "repeat" directive. The previous sample can be rewritten to use the +"while" instead of "repeat" this way: + + s = x/2 + while x/s <> s + s = (s+x/s)/2 + if % = 100 + break + end if + end while + + The blocks defined with "if", "repeat" and "while" can be nested in any +order, however they should be closed in the same order in which they were +started. The "break" directive always stops processing the block that was +started last with either the "repeat" or "while" directive. + + +2.2.4 Addressing spaces + + "org" directive sets address at which the following code is expected to +appear in memory. It should be followed by numerical expression specifying +the address. This directive begins the new addressing space, the following +code itself is not moved in any way, but all the labels defined within it +and the value of "$" symbol are affected as if it was put at the given +address. However it's the responsibility of programmer to put the code at +correct address at run-time. + The "load" directive allows to define constant with a binary value loaded +from the already assembled code. This directive should be followed by the name +of the constant, then optionally size operator, then "from" operator and a +numerical expression specifying a valid address in current addressing space. +The size operator has unusual meaning in this case - it states how many bytes +(up to 8) have to be loaded to form the binary value of constant. If no size +operator is specified, one byte is loaded (thus value is in range from 0 to +255). The loaded data cannot exceed current offset. + The "store" directive can modify the already generated code by replacing +some of the previously generated data with the value defined by given +numerical expression, which follow. The expression can be preceded by the +optional size operator to specify how large value the expression defines, and +therefore how much bytes will be stored, if there is no size operator, the +size of one byte is assumed. Then the "at" operator and the numerical +expression defining the valid address in current addressing code space, at +which the given value have to be stored should follow. This is a directive for +advanced appliances and should be used carefully. + Both "load" and "store" directives are limited to operate on places in +current addressing space. The "$$" symbol is always equal to the base address +of current addressing space, and the "$" symbol is the address of current +position in that addressing space, therefore these two values define limits +of the area, where "load" and "store" can operate. + Combining the "load" and "store" directives allows to do things like encoding +some of the already generated code. For example to encode the whole code +generated in current addressing space you can use such block of directives: + + repeat $-$$ + load a byte from $$+%-1 + store byte a xor c at $$+%-1 + end repeat + +and each byte of code will be xored with the value defined by "c" constant. + "virtual" defines virtual data at specified address. This data won't be +included in the output file, but labels defined there can be used in other +parts of source. This directive can be followed by "at" operator and the +numerical expression specifying the address for virtual data, otherwise is +uses current address, the same as "virtual at $". Instructions defining data +are expected in next lines, ended with "end virtual" directive. The block of +virtual instructions itself is an independent addressing space, after it's +ended, the context of previous addressing space is restored. + The "virtual" directive can be used to create union of some variables, for +example: + + GDTR dp ? + virtual at GDTR + GDT_limit dw ? + GDT_address dd ? + end virtual + +It defines two labels for parts of the 48-bit variable at "GDTR" address. + It can be also used to define labels for some structures addressed by a +register, for example: + + virtual at bx + LDT_limit dw ? + LDT_address dd ? + end virtual + +With such definition instruction "mov ax,[LDT_limit]" will be assembled +to "mov ax,[bx]". + Declaring defined data values or instructions inside the virtual block would +also be useful, because the "load" directive can be used to load the values +from the virtually generated code into a constants. This directive should be +used after the code it loads but before the virtual block ends, because it can +only load the values from the same addressing space. For example: + + virtual at 0 + xor eax,eax + and edx,eax + load zeroq dword from 0 + end virtual + +The above piece of code will define the "zeroq" constant containing four bytes +of the machine code of the instructions defined inside the virtual block. +This method can be also used to load some binary value from external file. +For example this code: + + virtual at 0 + file 'a.txt':10h,1 + load char from 0 + end virtual + +loads the single byte from offset 10h in file "a.txt" into the "char" +constant. + Any of the "section" directives described in 2.4 also begins a new +addressing space. + + +2.2.5 Other directives + +"align" directive aligns code or data to the specified boundary. It should +be followed by a numerical expression specifying the number of bytes, to the +multiply of which the current address has to be aligned. The boundary value +has to be the power of two. + The "align" directive fills the bytes that had to be skipped to perform the +alignment with the "nop" instructions and at the same time marks this area as +uninitialized data, so if it is placed among other uninitialized data that +wouldn't take space in the output file, the alignment bytes will act the same +way. If you need to fill the alignment area with some other values, you can +combine "align" with "virtual" to get the size of alignment needed and then +create the alignment yourself, like: + + virtual + align 16 + a = $ - $$ + end virtual + db a dup 0 + +The "a" constant is defined to be the difference between address after +alignment and address of the "virtual" block (see previous section), so it is +equal to the size of needed alignment space. + "display" directive displays the message at the assembly time. It should +be followed by the quoted strings or byte values, separated with commas. It +can be used to display values of some constants, for example: + + bits = 16 + display 'Current offset is 0x' + repeat bits/4 + d = '0' + $ shr (bits-%*4) and 0Fh + if d > '9' + d = d + 'A'-'9'-1 + end if + display d + end repeat + display 13,10 + +This block of directives calculates the four hexadecimal digits of 16-bit value +and converts them into characters for displaying. Note that this won't work if +the adresses in current addressing space are relocatable (as it might happen +with PE or object output formats), since only absolute values can be used this +way. The absolute value may be obtained by calculating the relative address, +like "$-$$", or "rva $" in case of PE format. + + +2.2.6 Multiple passes + +Because the assembler allows to reference some of the labels or constants +before they get actually defined, it has to predict the values of such labels +and if there is even a suspicion that prediction failed in at least one case, +it does one more pass, assembling the whole source, this time doing better +prediction based on the values the labels got in the previous pass. + The changing values of labels can cause some instructions to have encodings +of different length, and this can cause the change in values of labels again. +And since the labels and constants can also be used inside the expressions that +affect the behavior of control directives, the whole block of source can be +processed completely differently during the new pass. Thus the assembler does +more and more passes, each time trying to do better predictions to approach +the final solution, when all the values get predicted correctly. It uses +various method for predicting the values, which has been chosen to allow +finding in a few passes the solution of possibly smallest length for the most +of the programs. + Some of the errors, like the values not fitting in required boundaries, are +not signaled during those intermediate passes, since it may happen that when +some of the values are predicted better, these errors will disappear. However +if assembler meets some illegal syntax construction or unknown instruction, it +always stops immediately. Also defining some label more than once causes such +error, because it makes the predictions groundless. + Only the messages created with the "display" directive during the last +performed pass get actually displayed. In case when the assembly has been +stopped due to an error, these messages may reflect the predicted values that +are not yet resolved correctly. + The solution may sometimes not exist and in such cases the assembler will +never manage to make correct predictions - for this reason there is a limit for +a number of passes, and when assembler reaches this limit, it stops and +displays the message that it is not able to generate the correct output. +Consider the following example: + + if ~ defined alpha + alpha: + end if + +The "defined" operator gives the true value when the expression following it +could be calculated in this place, what in this case means that the "alpha" +label is defined somewhere. But the above block causes this label to be defined +only when the value given by "defined" operator is false, what leads to an +antynomy and makes it impossible to resolve such code. When processing the "if" +directive assembler has to predict whether the "alpha" label will be defined +somewhere (it wouldn't have to predict only if the label was already defined +earlier in this pass), and whatever the prediction is, the opposite always +happens. Thus the assembly will fail, unless the "alpha" label is defined +somewhere in source preceding the above block of instructions - in such case, +as it was already noted, the prediction is not needed and the block will just +get skipped. + The above sample might have been written as a try to define the label only +when it was not yet defined. It fails, because the "defined" operator does +check whether the label is defined anywhere, and this includes the definition +inside this conditionally processed block. However adding some additional +condition may make it possible to get it resolved: + + if ~ defined alpha | defined @f + alpha: + @@: + end if + +The "@f" is always the same label as the nearest "@@" symbol in the source +following it, so the above sample would mean the same if any unique name was +used instead of the anonymous label. When "alpha" is not defined in any other +place in source, the only possible solution is when this block gets defined, +and this time this doesn't lead to the antynomy, because of the anonymous +label which makes this block self-establishing. To better understand this, +look at the blocks that has nothing more than this self-establishing: + + if defined @f + @@: + end if + +This is an example of source that may have more than one solution, as both +cases when this block gets processed or not are equally correct. Which one of +those two solutions we get depends on the algorithm on the assembler, in case +of flat assembler - on the algorithm of predictions. Back to the previous +sample, when "alpha" is not defined anywhere else, the condition for "if" block +cannot be false, so we are left with only one possible solution, and we can +hope the assembler will arrive at it. On the other hand, when "alpha" is +defined in some other place, we've got two possible solutions again, but one of +them causes "alpha" to be defined twice, and such an error causes assembler to +abort the assembly immediately, as this is the kind of error that deeply +disturbs the process of resolving. So we can get such source either correctly +resolved or causing an error, and what we get may depend on the internal +choices made by the assembler. + However there are some facts about such choices that are certain. When +assembler has to check whether the given symbol is defined and it was already +defined in the current pass, no prediction is needed - it was already noted +above. And when the given symbol has been defined never before, including all +the already finished passes, the assembler predicts it to be not defined. +Knowing this, we can expect that the simple self-establishing block shown +above will not be assembled at all and that the previous sample will resolve +correctly when "alpha" is defined somewhere before our conditional block, +while it will itself define "alpha" when it's not already defined earlier, thus +potentially causing the error because of double definition if the "alpha" is +also defined somewhere later. + The "used" operator may be expected to behave in a similar manner in +analogous cases, however any other kinds of predictions my not be so simple and +you should never rely on them this way. + + +2.3 Preprocessor directives + +All preprocessor directives are processed before the main assembly process, +and therefore are not affected by the control directives. At this time also +all comments are stripped out. + + +2.3.1 Including source files + +"include" directive includes the specified source file at the position where +it is used. It should be followed by the quoted name of file that should be +included, for example: + + include 'macros.inc' + +The whole included file is preprocessed before preprocessing the lines next +to the line containing the "include" directive. There are no limits to the +number of included files as long as they fit in memory. + The quoted path can contain environment variables enclosed within "%" +characters, they will be replaced with their values inside the path, both the +"\" and "/" characters are allowed as a path separators. If no absolute path +is given, the file is first searched for in the directory containing file +which included it and when it's not found there, in the directory containing +the main source file (the one specified in command line). These rules concern +also paths given with the "file" directive. + + +2.3.2 Symbolic constants + +The symbolic constants are different from the numerical constants, before the +assembly process they are replaced with their values everywhere in source +lines after their definitions, and anything can become their values. + The definition of symbolic constant consists of name of the constant +followed by the "equ" directive. Everything that follows this directive will +become the value of constant. If the value of symbolic constant contains +other symbolic constants, they are replaced with their values before assigning +this value to the new constant. For example: + + d equ dword + NULL equ d 0 + d equ edx + +After these three definitions the value of "NULL" constant is "dword 0" and +the value of "d" is "edx". So, for example, "push NULL" will be assembled as +"push dword 0" and "push d" will be assembled as "push edx". And if then the +following line was put: + + d equ d,eax + +the "d" constant would get the new value of "edx,eax". This way the growing +lists of symbols can be defined. + "restore" directive allows to get back previous value of redefined symbolic +constant. It should be followed by one more names of symbolic constants, +separated with commas. So "restore d" after the above definitions will give +"d" constant back the value "edx", the second one will restore it to value +"dword", and one more will revert "d" to original meaning as if no such +constant was defined. If there was no constant defined of given name, +"restore" won't cause an error, it will be just ignored. + Symbolic constant can be used to adjust the syntax of assembler to personal +preferences. For example the following set of definitions provides the handy +shortcuts for all the size operators: + + b equ byte + w equ word + d equ dword + p equ pword + f equ fword + q equ qword + t equ tword + x equ dqword + + Because symbolic constant may also have an empty value, it can be used to +allow the syntax with "offset" word before any address value: + + offset equ + +After this definition "mov ax,offset char" will be valid construction for +copying the offset of "char" variable into "ax" register, because "offset" is +replaced with an empty value, and therefore ignored. + The "define" directive followed by the name of constant and then the value, +is the alternative way of defining symbolic constant. The only difference +between "define" and "equ" is that "define" assigns the value as it is, it does +not replace the symbolic constants with their values inside it. + Symbolic constants can also be defined with the "fix" directive, which has +the same syntax as "equ", but defines constants of high priority - they are +replaced with their symbolic values even before processing the preprocessor +directives and macroinstructions, the only exception is "fix" directive +itself, which has the highest possible priority, so it allows redefinition of +constants defined this way. + The "fix" directive can be used for syntax adjustments related to directives +of preprocessor, what cannot be done with "equ" directive. For example: + + incl fix include + +defines a short name for "include" directive, while the similar definition done +with "equ" directive wouldn't give such result, as standard symbolic constants +are replaced with their values after searching the line for preprocessor +directives. + + +2.3.3 Macroinstructions + +"macro" directive allows you to define your own complex instructions, called +macroinstructions, using which can greatly simplify the process of +programming. In its simplest form it's similar to symbolic constant +definition. For example the following definition defines a shortcut for the +"test al,0xFF" instruction: + + macro tst {test al,0xFF} + +After the "macro" directive there is a name of macroinstruction and then its +contents enclosed between the "{" and "}" characters. You can use "tst" +instruction anywhere after this definition and it will be assembled as +"test al,0xFF". Defining symbolic constant "tst" of that value would give the +similar result, but the difference is that the name of macroinstruction is +recognized only as an instruction mnemonic. Also, macroinstructions are +replaced with corresponding code even before the symbolic constants are +replaced with their values. So if you define macroinstruction and symbolic +constant of the same name, and use this name as an instruction mnemonic, it +will be replaced with the contents of macroinstruction, but it will be +replaced with value if symbolic constant if used somewhere inside the +operands. + The definition of macroinstruction can consist of many lines, because +"{" and "}" characters don't have to be in the same line as "macro" directive. +For example: + + macro stos0 + { + xor al,al + stosb + } + +The macroinstruction "stos0" will be replaced with these two assembly +instructions anywhere it's used. + Like instructions which needs some number of operands, the macroinstruction +can be defined to need some number of arguments separated with commas. The +names of needed argument should follow the name of macroinstruction in the +line of "macro" directive and should be separated with commas if there is more +than one. Anywhere one of these names occurs in the contents of +macroinstruction, it will be replaced with corresponding value, provided when +the macroinstruction is used. Here is an example of a macroinstruction that +will do data alignment for binary output format: + + macro align value { rb (value-1)-($+value-1) mod value } + +When the "align 4" instruction is found after this macroinstruction is +defined, it will be replaced with contents of this macroinstruction, and the +"value" will there become 4, so the result will be "rb (4-1)-($+4-1) mod 4". + If a macroinstruction is defined that uses an instruction with the same name +inside its definition, the previous meaning of this name is used. Useful +redefinition of macroinstructions can be done in that way, for example: + + macro mov op1,op2 + { + if op1 in & op2 in + push op2 + pop op1 + else + mov op1,op2 + end if + } + +This macroinstruction extends the syntax of "mov" instruction, allowing both +operands to be segment registers. For example "mov ds,es" will be assembled as +"push es" and "pop ds". In all other cases the standard "mov" instruction will +be used. The syntax of this "mov" can be extended further by defining next +macroinstruction of that name, which will use the previous macroinstruction: + + macro mov op1,op2,op3 + { + if op3 eq + mov op1,op2 + else + mov op1,op2 + mov op2,op3 + end if + } + +It allows "mov" instruction to have three operands, but it can still have two +operands only, because when macroinstruction is given less arguments than it +needs, the rest of arguments will have empty values. When three operands are +given, this macroinstruction will become two macroinstructions of the previous +definition, so "mov es,ds,dx" will be assembled as "push ds", "pop es" and +"mov ds,dx". + By placing the "*" after the name of argument you can mark the argument as +required - preprocessor won't allow it to have an empty value. For example the +above macroinstruction could be declared as "macro mov op1*,op2*,op3" to make +sure that first two arguments will always have to be given some non empty +values. + When it's needed to provide macroinstruction with argument that contains +some commas, such argument should be enclosed between "<" and ">" characters. +If it contains more than one "<" character, the same number of ">" should be +used to tell that the value of argument ends. + "purge" directive allows removing the last definition of specified +macroinstruction. It should be followed by one or more names of +macroinstructions, separated with commas. If such macroinstruction has not +been defined, you won't get any error. For example after having the syntax of +"mov" extended with the macroinstructions defined above, you can disable +syntax with three operands back by using "purge mov" directive. Next +"purge mov" will disable also syntax for two operands being segment registers, +and all the next such directives will do nothing. + If after the "macro" directive you enclose some group of arguments' names in +square brackets, it will allow giving more values for this group of arguments +when using that macroinstruction. Any more argument given after the last +argument of such group will begin the new group and will become the first +argument of it. That's why after closing the square bracket no more argument +names can follow. The contents of macroinstruction will be processed for each +such group of arguments separately. The simplest example is to enclose one +argument name in square brackets: + + macro stoschar [char] + { + mov al,char + stosb + } + +This macroinstruction accepts unlimited number of arguments, and each one +will be processed into these two instructions separately. For example +"stoschar 1,2,3" will be assembled as the following instructions: + + mov al,1 + stosb + mov al,2 + stosb + mov al,3 + stosb + + There are some special directives available only inside the definitions of +macroinstructions. "local" directive defines local names, which will be +replaced with unique values each time the macroinstruction is used. It should +be followed by names separated with commas. If the name given as parameter to +"local" directive begins with a dot or two dots, the unique labels generated +by each evaluation of macroinstruction will have the same properties. +This directive is usually needed for the constants or labels that +macroinstruction defines and uses internally. For example: + + macro movstr + { + local move + move: + lodsb + stosb + test al,al + jnz move + } + +Each time this macroinstruction is used, "move" will become other unique name +in its instructions, so you won't get an error you normally get when some +label is defined more than once. + "forward", "reverse" and "common" directives divide macroinstruction into +blocks, each one processed after the processing of previous is finished. They +differ in behavior only if macroinstruction allows multiple groups of +arguments. Block of instructions that follows "forward" directive is processed +for each group of arguments, from first to last - exactly like the default +block (not preceded by any of these directives). Block that follows "reverse" +directive is processed for each group of argument in reverse order - from last +to first. Block that follows "common" directive is processed only once, +commonly for all groups of arguments. Local name defined in one of the blocks +is available in all the following blocks when processing the same group of +arguments as when it was defined, and when it is defined in common block it is +available in all the following blocks not depending on which group of +arguments is processed. + Here is an example of macroinstruction that will create the table of +addresses to strings followed by these strings: + + macro strtbl name,[string] + { + common + label name dword + forward + local label + dd label + forward + label db string,0 + } + +First argument given to this macroinstruction will become the label for table +of addresses, next arguments should be the strings. First block is processed +only once and defines the label, second block for each string declares its +local name and defines the table entry holding the address to that string. +Third block defines the data of each string with the corresponding label. + The directive starting the block in macroinstruction can be followed by the +first instruction of this block in the same line, like in the following +example: + + macro stdcall proc,[arg] + { + reverse push arg + common call proc + } + +This macroinstruction can be used for calling the procedures using STDCALL +convention, arguments are pushed on stack in the reverse order. For example +"stdcall foo,1,2,3" will be assembled as: + + push 3 + push 2 + push 1 + call foo + + If some name inside macroinstruction has multiple values (it is either one +of the arguments enclosed in square brackets or local name defined in the +block following "forward" or "reverse" directive) and is used in block +following the "common" directive, it will be replaced with all of its values, +separated with commas. For example the following macroinstruction will pass +all of the additional arguments to the previously defined "stdcall" +macroinstruction: + + macro invoke proc,[arg] + { common stdcall [proc],arg } + +It can be used to call indirectly (by the pointer stored in memory) the +procedure using STDCALL convention. + Inside macroinstruction also special operator "#" can be used. This +operator causes two names to be concatenated into one name. It can be useful, +because it's done after the arguments and local names are replaced with their +values. The following macroinstruction will generate the conditional jump +according to the "cond" argument: + + macro jif op1,cond,op2,label + { + cmp op1,op2 + j#cond label + } + +For example "jif ax,ae,10h,exit" will be assembled as "cmp ax,10h" and +"jae exit" instructions. + The "#" operator can be also used to concatenate two quoted strings into one. +Also conversion of name into a quoted string is possible, with the "`" operator, +which likewise can be used inside the macroinstruction. It convert the name +that follows it into a quoted string - but note, that when it is followed by +a macro argument which is being replaced with value containing more than one +symbol, only the first of them will be converted, as the "`" operator converts +only one symbol that immediately follows it. Here's an example of utilizing +those two features: + + macro label name + { + label name + if ~ used name + display `name # " is defined but not used.",13,10 + end if + } + +When label defined with such macro is not used in the source, macro will warn +you with the message, informing to which label it applies. + To make macroinstruction behaving differently when some of the arguments are +of some special type, for example a quoted strings, you can use "eqtype" +comparison operator. Here's an example of utilizing it to distinguish a +quoted string from an other argument: + + macro message arg + { + if arg eqtype "" + local str + jmp @f + str db arg,0Dh,0Ah,24h + @@: + mov dx,str + else + mov dx,arg + end if + mov ah,9 + int 21h + } + +The above macro is designed for displaying messages in DOS programs. When the +argument of this macro is some number, label, or variable, the string from +that address is displayed, but when the argument is a quoted string, the +created code will display that string followed by the carriage return and +line feed. + It is also possible to put a declaration of macroinstruction inside another +macroinstruction, so one macro can define another, but there is a problem +with such definitions caused by the fact, that "}" character cannot occur +inside the macroinstruction, as it always means the end of definition. To +overcome this problem, the escaping of symbols inside macroinstruction can be +used. This is done by placing one or more backslashes in front of any other +symbol (even the special character). Preprocessor sees such sequence as a +single symbol, but each time it meets such symbol during the macroinstruction +processing, it cuts the backslash character from the front of it. For example +"\{" is treated as single symbol, but during processing of the macroinstruction +it becomes the "{" symbol. This allows to put one definition of +macroinstruction inside another: + + macro ext instr + { + macro instr op1,op2,op3 + \{ + if op3 eq + instr op1,op2 + else + instr op1,op2 + instr op2,op3 + end if + \} + } + + ext add + ext sub + +The macro "ext" is defined correctly, but when it is used, the "\{" and "\}" +become the "{" and "}" symbols. So when the "ext add" is processed, the +contents of macro becomes valid definition of a macroinstruction and this way +the "add" macro becomes defined. In the same way "ext sub" defines the "sub" +macro. The use of "\{" symbol wasn't really necessary here, but is done this +way to make the definition more clear. + If some directives specific to macroinstructions, like "local" or "common" +are needed inside some macro embedded this way, they can be escaped in the same +way. Escaping the symbol with more than one backslash is also allowed, which +allows multiple levels of nesting the macroinstruction definitions. + The another technique for defining one macroinstruction by another is to +use the "fix" directive, which becomes useful when some macroinstruction only +begins the definition of another one, without closing it. For example: + + macro tmacro [params] + { + common macro params { + } + + MACRO fix tmacro + ENDM fix } + +defines an alternative syntax for defining macroinstructions, which looks like: + + MACRO stoschar char + mov al,char + stosb + ENDM + +Note that symbol that has such customized definition must be defined with "fix" +directive, because only the prioritized symbolic constants are processed before +the preprocessor looks for the "}" character while defining the macro. This +might be a problem if one needed to perform some additional tasks one the end +of such definition, but there is one more feature which helps in such cases. +Namely it is possible to put any directive, instruction or macroinstruction +just after the "}" character that ends the macroinstruction and it will be +processed in the same way as if it was put in the next line. + + +2.3.4 Structures + +"struc" directive is a special variant of "macro" directive that is used to +define data structures. Macroinstruction defined using the "struc" directive +must be preceded by a label (like the data definition directive) when it's +used. This label will be also attached at the beginning of every name starting +with dot in the contents of macroinstruction. The macroinstruction defined +using the "struc" directive can have the same name as some other +macroinstruction defined using the "macro" directive, structure +macroinstruction won't prevent the standard macroinstruction being processed +when there is no label before it and vice versa. All the rules and features +concerning standard macroinstructions apply to structure macroinstructions. + Here is the sample of structure macroinstruction: + + struc point x,y + { + .x dw x + .y dw y + } + +For example "my point 7,11" will define structure labeled "my", consisting of +two variables: "my.x" with value 7 and "my.y" with value 11. + If somewhere inside the definition of structure the name consisting of a +single dot it found, it is replaced by the name of the label for the given +instance of structure and this label will not be defined automatically in +such case, allowing to completely customize the definition. The following +example utilizes this feature to extend the data definition directive "db" +with ability to calculate the size of defined data: + + struc db [data] + { + common + . db data + .size = $ - . + } + +With such definition "msg db 'Hello!',13,10" will define also "msg.size" +constant, equal to the size of defined data in bytes. + Defining data structures addressed by registers or absolute values should be +done using the "virtual" directive with structure macroinstruction +(see 2.2.4). + "restruc" directive removes the last definition of the structure, just like +"purge" does with macroinstructions and "restore" with symbolic constants. +It also has the same syntax - should be followed by one or more names of +structure macroinstructions, separated with commas. + + +2.3.5 Repeating macroinstructions + +The "rept" directive is a special kind of macroinstruction, which makes given +amount of duplicates of the block enclosed with braces. The basic syntax is +"rept" directive followed by number (it cannot be an expression, since +preprocessor doesn't do calculations, if you need repetitions based on values +calculated by assembler, use one of the code repeating directives that are +processed by assembler, see 2.2.3), and then block of source enclosed between +the "{" and "}" characters. The simplest example: + + rept 5 { in al,dx } + +will make five duplicates of the "in al,dx" line. The block of instructions +is defined in the same way as for the standard macroinstruction and any +special operators and directives which can be used only inside +macroinstructions are also allowed here. When the given count is zero, the +block is simply skipped, as if you defined macroinstruction but never used +it. The number of repetitions can be followed by the name of counter symbol, +which will get replaced symbolically with the number of duplicate currently +generated. So this: + + rept 3 counter + { + byte#counter db counter + } + +will generate lines: + + byte1 db 1 + byte2 db 2 + byte3 db 3 + +The repetition mechanism applied to "rept" blocks is the same as the one used +to process multiple groups of arguments for macroinstructions, so directives +like "forward", "common" and "reverse" can be used in their usual meaning. +Thus such macroinstruction: + + rept 7 num { reverse display `num } + +will display digits from 7 to 1 as text. The "local" directive behaves in the +same way as inside macroinstruction with multiple groups of arguments, so: + + rept 21 + { + local label + label: loop label + } + +will generate unique label for each duplicate. + The counter symbol by default counts from 1, but you can declare different +base value by placing the number preceded by colon immediately after the name +of counter. For example: + + rept 8 n:0 { pxor xmm#n,xmm#n } + +will generate code which will clear the contents of eight SSE registers. +You can define multiple counters separated with commas, and each one can have +different base. + The "irp" directive iterates the single argument through the given list of +parameters. The syntax is "irp" followed by the argument name, then the comma +and then the list of parameters. The parameters are specified in the same +way like in the invocation of standard macroinstruction, so they have to be +separated with commas and each one can be enclosed with the "<" and ">" +characters. Also the name of argument may be followed by "*" to mark that it +cannot get an empty value. Such block: + + irp value, 2,3,5 + { db value } + +will generate lines: + + db 2 + db 3 + db 5 + +The "irps" directive iterates through the given list of symbols, it should +be followed by the argument name, then the comma and then the sequence of any +symbols. Each symbol in this sequence, no matter whether it is the name +symbol, symbol character or quoted string, becomes an argument value for one +iteration. If there are no symbols following the comma, no iteration is done +at all. This example: + + irps reg, al bx ecx + { xor reg,reg } + +will generate lines: + + xor al,al + xor bx,bx + xor ecx,ecx + +The blocks defined by the "irp" and "irps" directives are also processed in +the same way as any macroinstructions, so operators and directives specific +to macroinstructions may be freely used also in this case. + + +2.3.6 Conditional preprocessing + +"match" directive causes some block of source to be preprocessed and passed +to assembler only when the given sequence of symbols matches the specified +pattern. The pattern comes first, ended with comma, then the symbols that have +to be matched with the pattern, and finally the block of source, enclosed +within braces as macroinstruction. + There are the few rules for building the expression for matching, first is +that any of symbol characters and any quoted string should be matched exactly +as is. In this example: + + match +,+ { include 'first.inc' } + match +,- { include 'second.inc' } + +the first file will get included, since "+" after comma matches the "+" in +pattern, and the second file won't be included, since there is no match. + To match any other symbol literally, it has to be preceded by "=" character +in the pattern. Also to match the "=" character itself, or the comma, the +"==" and "=," constructions have to be used. For example the "=a==" pattern +will match the "a=" sequence. + If some name symbol is placed in the pattern, it matches any sequence +consisting of at least one symbol and then this name is replaced with the +matched sequence everywhere inside the following block, analogously to the +parameters of macroinstruction. For instance: + + match a-b, 0-7 + { dw a,b-a } + +will generate the "dw 0,7-0" instruction. Each name is always matched with +as few symbols as possible, leaving the rest for the following ones, so in +this case: + + match a b, 1+2+3 { db a } + +the "a" name will match the "1" symbol, leaving the "+2+3" sequence to be +matched with "b". But in this case: + + match a b, 1 { db a } + +there will be nothing left for "b" to match, so the block won't get processed +at all. + The block of source defined by match is processed in the same way as any +macroinstruction, so any operators specific to macroinstructions can be used +also in this case. + What makes "match" directive more useful is the fact, that it replaces the +symbolic constants with their values in the matched sequence of symbols (that +is everywhere after comma up to the beginning of the source block) before +performing the match. Thanks to this it can be used for example to process +some block of source under the condition that some symbolic constant has the +given value, like: + + match =TRUE, DEBUG { include 'debug.inc' } + +which will include the file only when the symbolic constant "DEBUG" was +defined with value "TRUE". + + +2.3.7 Order of processing + +When combining various features of the preprocessor, it's important to know +the order in which they are processed. As it was already noted, the highest +priority has the "fix" directive and the replacements defined with it. This +is done completely before doing any other preprocessing, therefore this +piece of source: + + V fix { + macro empty + V + V fix } + V + +becomes a valid definition of an empty macroinstruction. It can be interpreted +that the "fix" directive and prioritized symbolic constants are processed in +a separate stage, and all other preprocessing is done after on the resulting +source. + The standard preprocessing that comes after, on each line begins with +recognition of the first symbol. It begins with checking for the preprocessor +directives, and when none of them is detected, preprocessor checks whether the +first symbol is macroinstruction. If no macroinstruction is found, it moves +to the second symbol of line, and again begins with checking for directives, +which in this case is only the "equ" directive, as this is the only one that +occurs as the second symbol in line. If there's no directive, the second +symbol is checked for the case of structure macroinstruction and when none +of those checks gives the positive result, the symbolic constants are replaced +with their values and such line is passed to the assembler. + To see it on the example, assume that there is defined the macroinstruction +called "foo" and the structure macroinstruction called "bar". Those lines: + + foo equ + foo bar + +would be then both interpreted as invocations of macroinstruction "foo", since +the meaning of the first symbol overrides the meaning of second one. + The macroinstructions generate the new lines from their definition blocks, +replacing the parameters with their values and then processing the "#" and "`" +operators. The conversion operator has the higher priority than concatenation. +After this is completed, the newly generated line goes through the standard +preprocessing, as described above. + Though the symbolic constants are usually only replaced in the lines, where +no preprocessor directives nor macroinstructions has been found, there are some +special cases where those replacements are performed in the parts of lines +containing directives. First one is the definition of symbolic constant, where +the replacements are done everywhere after the "equ" keyword and the resulting +value is then assigned to the new constant (see 2.3.2). The second such case +is the "match" directive, where the replacements are done in the symbols +following comma before matching them with pattern. These features can be used +for example to maintain the lists, like this set of definitions: + + list equ + + macro append item + { + match any, list \{ list equ list,item \} + match , list \{ list equ item \} + } + +The "list" constant is here initialized with empty value, and the "append" +macroinstruction can be used to add the new items into this list, separating +them with commas. The first match in this macroinstruction occurs only when +the value of list is not empty (see 2.3.6), in such case the new value for the +list is the previous one with the comma and the new item appended at the end. +The second match happens only when the list is still empty, and in such case +the list is defined to contain just the new item. So starting with the empty +list, the "append 1" would define "list equ 1" and the "append 2" following it +would define "list equ 1,2". One might then need to use this list as the +parameters to some macroinstruction. But it cannot be done directly - if "foo" +is the macroinstruction, then "foo list" would just pass the "list" symbol +as a parameter to macro, since symbolic constants are not unrolled at this +stage. For this purpose again "match" directive comes in handy: + + match params, list { foo params } + +The value of "list", if it's not empty, matches the "params" keyword, which is +then replaced with matched value when generating the new lines defined by the +block enclosed with braces. So if the "list" had value "1,2", the above line +would generate the line containing "foo 1,2", which would then go through the +standard preprocessing. + There is one more special case - when preprocessor goes to checking the +second symbol in the line and it happens to be the colon character (what is +then interpreted by assembler as definition of a label), it stops in this +place and finishes the preprocessing of the first symbol (so if it's the +symbolic constant it gets unrolled) and if it still appears to be the label, +it performs the standard preprocessing starting from the place after the +label. This allows to place preprocessor directives and macroinstructions +after the labels, analogously to the instructions and directives processed +by assembler, like: + + start: include 'start.inc' + +However if the label becomes broken during preprocessing (for example when +it is the symbolic constant with empty value), only replacing of the symbolic +constants is continued for the rest of line. + It should be remembered, that the jobs performed by preprocessor are the +preliminary operations on the texts symbols, that are done in a simple +single pass before the main process of assembly. The text that is the +result of preprocessing is passed to assembler, and it then does its +multiple passes on it. Thus the control directives, which are recognized and +processed only by the assembler - as they are dependent on the numerical +values that may even vary between passes - are not recognized in any way by +the preprocessor and have no effect on the preprocessing. Consider this +example source: + + if 0 + a = 1 + b equ 2 + end if + dd b + +When it is preprocessed, they only directive that is recognized by the +preprocessor is the "equ", which defines symbolic constant "b", so later +in the source the "b" symbol is replaced with the value "2". Except for this +replacement, the other lines are passes unchanged to the assembler. So +after preprocessing the above source becomes: + + if 0 + a = 1 + end if + dd 2 + +Now when assembler processes it, the condition for the "if" is false, and +the "a" constant doesn't get defined. However symbolic constant "b" was +processed normally, even though its definition was put just next to the one +of "a". So because of the possible confusion you should be very careful +every time when mixing the features of preprocessor and assembler - always +try to imagine what your source will become after the preprocessing, and +thus what the assembler will see and do its multiple passes on. + + +2.4 Formatter directives + +These directives are actually also a kind of control directives, with the +purpose of controlling the format of generated code. + "format" directive followed by the format identifier allows to select the +output format. This directive should be put at the beginning of the source. +Default output format is a flat binary file, it can also be selected by using +"format binary" directive. + "use16" and "use32" directives force the assembler to generate 16-bit or +32-bit code, omitting the default setting for selected output format. "use64" +enables generating the code for the long mode of x86-64 processors. + Below are described different output formats with the directives specific to +these formats. + + +2.4.1 MZ executable + +To select the MZ output format, use "format MZ" directive. The default code +setting for this format is 16-bit. + "segment" directive defines a new segment, it should be followed by label, +which value will be the number of defined segment, optionally "use16" or +"use32" word can follow to specify whether code in this segment should be +16-bit or 32-bit. The origin of segment is aligned to paragraph (16 bytes). +All the labels defined then will have values relative to the beginning of this +segment. + "entry" directive sets the entry point for MZ executable, it should be +followed by the far address (name of segment, colon and the offset inside +segment) of desired entry point. + "stack" directive sets up the stack for MZ executable. It can be followed by +numerical expression specifying the size of stack to be created automatically +or by the far address of initial stack frame when you want to set up the stack +manually. When no stack is defined, the stack of default size 4096 bytes will +be created. + "heap" directive should be followed by a 16-bit value defining maximum size +of additional heap in paragraphs (this is heap in addition to stack and +undefined data). Use "heap 0" to always allocate only memory program really +needs. Default size of heap is 65535. + + +2.4.2 Portable Executable + +To select the Portable Executable output format, use "format PE" directive, it +can be followed by additional format settings: use "console", "GUI" or +"native" operator selects the target subsystem (floating point value +specifying subsystem version can follow), "DLL" marks the output file as a +dynamic link library. Then can follow the "at" operator and the numerical +expression specifying the base of PE image and then optionally "on" operator +followed by the quoted string containing file name selects custom MZ stub for +PE program (when specified file is not a MZ executable, it is treated as a +flat binary executable file and converted into MZ format). The default code +setting for this format is 32-bit. The example of fully featured PE format +declaration: + + format PE GUI 4.0 DLL at 7000000h on 'stub.exe' + + To create PE file for the x86-64 architecture, use "PE64" keyword instead of +"PE" in the format declaration, in such case the long mode code is generated +by default. + "section" directive defines a new section, it should be followed by quoted +string defining the name of section, then one or more section flags can +follow. Available flags are: "code", "data", "readable", "writeable", +"executable", "shareable", "discardable", "notpageable". The origin of section +is aligned to page (4096 bytes). Example declaration of PE section: + + section '.text' code readable executable + +Among with flags also one of the special PE data identifiers can be specified +to mark the whole section as a special data, possible identifiers are +"export", "import", "resource" and "fixups". If the section is marked to +contain fixups, they are generated automatically and no more data needs to be +defined in this section. Also resource data can be generated automatically +from the resource file, it can be achieved by writing the "from" operator and +quoted file name after the "resource" identifier. Below are the examples of +sections containing some special PE data: + + section '.reloc' data discardable fixups + section '.rsrc' data readable resource from 'my.res' + + "entry" directive sets the entry point for Portable Executable, the value of +entry point should follow. + "stack" directive sets up the size of stack for Portable Executable, value +of stack reserve size should follow, optionally value of stack commit +separated with comma can follow. When stack is not defined, it's set by +default to size of 4096 bytes. + "heap" directive chooses the size of heap for Portable Executable, value of +heap reserve size should follow, optionally value of heap commit separated +with comma can follow. When no heap is defined, it is set by default to size +of 65536 bytes, when size of heap commit is unspecified, it is by default set +to zero. + "data" directive begins the definition of special PE data, it should be +followed by one of the data identifiers ("export", "import", "resource" or +"fixups") or by the number of data entry in PE header. The data should be +defined in next lines, ended with "end data" directive. When fixups data +definition is chosen, they are generated automatically and no more data needs +to be defined there. The same applies to the resource data when the "resource" +identifier is followed by "from" operator and quoted file name - in such case +data is taken from the given resource file. + The "rva" operator can be used inside the numerical expressions to obtain +the RVA of the item addressed by the value it is applied to. + + +2.4.3 Common Object File Format + +To select Common Object File Format, use "format COFF" or "format MS COFF" +directive whether you want to create classic or Microsoft's COFF file. The +default code setting for this format is 32-bit. To create the file in +Microsoft's COFF format for the x86-64 architecture, use "format MS64 COFF" +setting, in such case long mode code is generated by default. + "section" directive defines a new section, it should be followed by quoted +string defining the name of section, then one or more section flags can +follow. Section flags available for both COFF variants are "code" and "data", +while "readable", "writeable", "executable", "shareable", "discardable", +"notpageable", "linkremove" and "linkinfo" are flags available only with +Microsoft COFF variant. + By default section is aligned to double word (four bytes), in case of +Microsoft COFF variant other alignment can be specified by providing the +"align" operator followed by alignment value (any power of two up to 8192) +among the section flags. + "extrn" directive defines the external symbol, it should be followed by the +name of symbol and optionally the size operator specifying the size of data +labeled by this symbol. The name of symbol can be also preceded by quoted +string containing name of the external symbol and the "as" operator. +Some example declarations of external symbols: + + extrn exit + extrn '__imp__MessageBoxA@16' as MessageBox:dword + + "public" directive declares the existing symbol as public, it should be +followed by the name of symbol, optionally it can be followed by the "as" +operator and the quoted string containing name under which symbol should be +available as public. Some examples of public symbols declarations: + + public main + public start as '_start' + +2.4.4 Executable and Linkable Format + +To select ELF output format, use "format ELF" directive. The default code +setting for this format is 32-bit. To create ELF file for the x86-64 +architecture, use "format ELF64" directive, in such case the long mode code is +generated by default. + "section" directive defines a new section, it should be followed by quoted +string defining the name of section, then can follow one or both of the +"executable" and "writeable" flags, optionally also "align" operator followed +by the number specifying the alignment of section (it has to be the power of +two), if no alignment is specified, the default value is used, which is 4 or 8, +depending on which format variant has been chosen. + "extrn" and "public" directives have the same meaning and syntax as when the +COFF output format is selected (described in previous section). + The "rva" operator can be used also in the case of this format (however not +when target architecture is x86-64), it converts the address into the offset +relative to the GOT table, so it may be useful to create position-independent +code. + To create executable file, follow the format choice directive with the +"executable" keyword. It allows to use "entry" directive followed by the value +to set as entry point of program. On the other hand it makes "extrn" and +"public" directives unavailable, and instead of "section" there should be the +"segment" directive used, followed only by one or more segment permission +flags. The origin of segment is aligned to page (4096 bytes), and available +flags for are: "readable", "writeable" and "executable". + + +EOF \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/data/new-stack/docs/HOT_KEYS.TXT b/data/new-stack/docs/HOT_KEYS.TXT new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba08147e8d --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/docs/HOT_KEYS.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +The following "hot" shortcut keys are used in the system: +(Indexing on time of appearance in the system) +1) Ctrl + Alt + Del start of the application CPU (the manager of processes), is a sole combination maintained on a level of a kernel, all rest "hot" key is realized at the expense of the application @PANEL. +2) Ctrl + Shift - switching of keyboard layout. +3) Win - start of the application MENU. +4) Alt + Ctrl + F12 - start of the application END. +5) Alt + F4 - terminate the active application. +6) Alt + Tab - switch to the next (in the window stack) window +7) Alt + Shift + Tab - switch to the previous (in the window stack) window +8) Alt + Shift + NumLock - start of the application MOUSEMUL, which emulates mouse with numpad, when NumLock is on (note: mousEmul does not create window or pictures to indicate its work!) diff --git a/data/new-stack/docs/INI.TXT b/data/new-stack/docs/INI.TXT new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f906363c7e --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/docs/INI.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Ini-files are text files of special contents: + +[name of first section] +Key1=value1 +Key2=value2 +;comment +[name of second section] +Key3=value3 + +All lines beginning with ';' are considered as comments and ignored. + +Keyboard shortcuts are described as follows: +any number of modificators Ctrl/Alt/Shift/LCtrl/LAlt/LShift/RCtrl/RAlt/RShift, +followed by latin letter, digit or key name. The following keys have a name: +F1 - F12 +Home; End; PgUp; PgDn; Ins, equivalently, Insert; Del, equivalently, Delete; +Tab; Plus; Esc; Enter; Backspace; Space; +Left (left arrow); Right (right arrow); Up (up arrow); Down (down arrow). +The string for shortcut is case-insensitive. Parts of the string +can be written without delimiters or with '+' between parts. Examples: +Ctrl+Alt+Backspace +RCtrl+RShift +ShiftA +f10 +shiftalt5 diff --git a/data/new-stack/docs/KFAR_KEYS.TXT b/data/new-stack/docs/KFAR_KEYS.TXT new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d21d24ce41 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/docs/KFAR_KEYS.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +Control keys in KFar. +For panels: +arrows, Home, End - move cursor on active panel +Tab - change active panel +Enter - enter to folder or run program under cursor +F3 - view file under cursor +F5 - copy selected items or item under cursor to another panel +Shift+F5 - copy selected items or item under cursor to the same panel + (of course, you must specify another file name) +F7 - create folder +F8 - delete selected elements or element under cursor +F10 - exit +Alt+F1/Alt+F2 - change drive on left/right panel +Alt+F9 - resize window to maximum possible size and restore initial size +Ctrl+F3 - sort file/folders on active panel by name +Ctrl+F4 - sort by extension +Ctrl+F5 - sort by date/time of last modification +Ctrl+F6 - sort by size +Ctrl+F7 - don't sort (display in order as on disk) +Ctrl+F8 - sort by date/time of creation +Ctrl+F9 - sort by date/time of last access +F12 - display screens menu +Ctrl+R - refresh active panel +Menu - display context menu for file under cursor +LeftCtrl+1/2/3/4 - select panel mode (brief/medium/full/wide) +RightCtrl+0..9 - go to folder specified in the section [FolderShortcuts] + of ini-file as Shortcut0..9 accordingly +Insert - select/deselect current element +Grey[+] - select files and folders with mask +Grey[-] - deselect files and folders with mask +The mask is like "*.asm,*.inc|template.asm" (which selects all files with +extensions ASM and INC except for template.asm): one or more elementary +including masks with standard mean of '*' and '?', delimited by ',' or ';', +optionally followed by '|' and one or more elementary excluding masks. +The mask "*.*" specifies all files having '.' in name (i.e. files with +any non-empty extension); to specify all files use "*". +Grey[*] - invert selection +Alt+ - position cursor on name of file/folder, +beginning from selected letter or digit; it shows fast find window, +in which one can enter subsequent symbols of file/folder name to more precise +selection, and also Ctrl+Enter/Shift+Ctrl+Enter to move to the next/previous +panel item, whose name starts with specified letters + +For viewer: +Esc = F3 = F10 = Numpad5 - exit +Down - line down +PgDn - page down +Up - line up +PgUp - page up +Home - to begin of file +End - to end of file +Left - character left +Right - character right +Ctrl+Left - in Text-mode 20 characters left; + in Hex-mode 1 byte left +Ctrl+Right - in Text-mode 20 characters right; + in Hex-mode 1 byte right +Ctrl+Shift+Left - start of lines on the screen +Ctrl+Shift+Right - end of lines on the screen +F2 - toggle line wrap +F4 - toggle Text <-> Hex mode +F8 - toggle encoding cp866 (DOS) <-> cp1251 (Win) +Shift+F8 - encoding tables menu +F12 - display screens menu +F7 - search a string from the current position in the file + (the string and settings are set in the following dialog) +Shift+F7 - continue to search a string + (use the string and settings from last search by F7) +Alt+F9 - resize window to maximum possible size and restore initial size + +For editor: +Esc = F10 - exit; if the file was modified, the question about save necessity + will follow +Shift+F10 - save and exit +F2 - save the file +Down - move cursor down to one line +PgDn - move cursor down to one page +Up - move cursor up to one line +PgUp - move cursor up to one page +Left - move cursor left to one symbol +Right - move cursor right to one symbol +Home - move cursor to the beginning of the current line +End - move cursor to the end of the current line +Backspace - delete the symbol before the cursor +Del - delete the symbol under the cursor +Ins - toggle insert/replace mode when entering symbols +F12 - display screens menu +Alt+F9 - resize window to maximum possible size and restore initial size +F7 - search a string starting from the position next to the cursor + (the string and search settings are prompted in the following dialog) +Shift+F7 - continue to search a string (same as F7 without settings dialog) + + diamond + mailto:diamondz@land.ru diff --git a/data/new-stack/docs/MTDBG.TXT b/data/new-stack/docs/MTDBG.TXT new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..975bbefb8e --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/docs/MTDBG.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +Introduction. + +mtdbg is a debugger for Kolibri operating system. This documentation describes +debugger features and work with it. If you need some features which are +not presented yet, either write to the forum meos.sysbin.com (if you can +read russian texts) or mail me to address given in the end of this file. + +General description. + +In each moment of time mtdbg can debug only one program. I will call it +loaded program. If no program is loaded, overwhelming majority of debugging +actions is disabled. + +mtdbg is controlled by command line, entering from keyboard. Command line +is drawn in the bottom part of debugger window. Debugger handles standard +input keys Backspace,Delete,Home,End,left/right arrows. +Commands are case-insensitive. Delimiter is arbitrary nonzero number of spaces. + +At any moment mtdbg can be terminated by command "quit" (without arguments). +You can also simply press to close button in the right upper corner of window. + +When debugger is started without command string parameters, no program is +loaded. Also mtdbg can be started with command string, in this case it tries +to load program with the name pointed to in first parameter in command string +and parameters pointed to following (if present). + +If no program is loaded, you can load a program with the command +load [] +Examples: +load /rd/1/example +LOAD /rd/1/aclock w200 h200 + LoaD /hd0/1/menuetos/dosbox/dosbox +All that stays after first space after executable file name, is exactly passed +to program as command string. +The command "load" reports result in the messages window (a little higher +than command line window). If program was loaded successfully, there will +be the appropriate message; otherwise the message will contain error reason. +Most probable error is "file not found" if wrong file name is given. + +The debugger can load files with information on symbols in the program +(labels, global variables) - text files, each line of which has format +0x +(lines, which do not have such format, are ignored). Such file can be created +by hand or generated automatically by fasm. Evident load can be done by command +load-symbols +Furthermore, when the debugger executes the command "load", it checks for +presence of file with name as of loading binary and extension '.dbg' +(/rd/1/example.dbg in the first of examples above), and if such file exists, +the debugger loads it automatically (with the message "Symbols loaded", if +all is OK). + +It can happen so that loaded program is packed. General principle of +program packing is following: at first input file is packed (by some +pack algorithm), then is appended small code which gets control at program +start, unpacks input code in the memory and then passes control to it. +If program is packed, it "real" code is not visible and for debugging it is +needed previously to pass through unpacker code. +mtdbg determines most of existing packers (mxp,mxp_lzo,mxp_nrv,mtappack) +and in this case suggests to automatically go to "real" code. It is recommended +to accept (press 'y' or ), but you can refuse too. At refusal and if +program is packed by something unknown the command "unpack" (without arguments) +can be used. Call it only in the case when you are sure that program is packed +and control has not already went to main code! [Starting from Kolibri 0.6.5.0, +this paragraph is no more actual, because one can pack applications as all +binary files with kpack and the unpacker code in this case is located in the +kernel and is transparent for debug.] + +Loaded program can be terminated by the command "terminate" (without +arguments). The command "detach" (without arguments) detaches from program, +after that program continues execution normally, as if there was no debugger. +After both this commands program stops to be debugged. + +It is possible to anew load program for debugging by the command "reload" +(without arguments). If there is already loaded program, it is terminated +and new instance is started (from the beginning) (with the same command +string), in this case the command is similar to the commands +terminate +load +Otherwise is loaded anew latest program, which was debugged (in the current +seance of work with mtdbg) (with the same command string), i.e. is similar to +load , +but the command "reload" in both cases is shorter and more convenient; +moreover, "load" thinks that new program is loaded and moves data window +(see below) to zero address, and "reload" keeps current address. + +The command "help", which can be shorten to "h", is always available. +All commands are divided on groups. +"help" without arguments displays the list of command groups. +"help" with group name displays the list of commands in this group with short +comments. +"help" with command name displays information about given command. +Examples: +help +help control +h LoaD + +The debugger window consists from the following items enumerated from up +to down: +- status string. If there is loaded program, shows its name and state + ("Running/Paused"), otherwise reports "No program loaded". +- registers window - shows values of general-purpose registers, register eip + and states of single flags: CF,PF,AF,ZF,SF,DF,OF: if flag is cleared, then + is displayed lower-case letter, if flag is set, then upper-case one. + Registers which are changed from previous moment are highlighted in green. +- data window (dump window) - shows memory contains of loaded program +- code window (disassembler window) - shows program code as disassembled + instructions +- messages window +- command line window + +Dump window can display data starting from any address, to this serves +the command +d +The command "d" without arguments flicks dump window down. +The same is for code window and the command +u +or simply "u". +Examples: +d esi - displays data at address esi (e.g. is useful before execution of + instruction rep movsb) +d esp - displays stack +u eip - disassembles instruction starting from the current + +Expressions in mtdbg can include +- hexadecimal constants +- names of all general-purpose registers (8 32-bits, 8 16-bits and + 8 8-bits) and register eip; values of 16- and 8-bits registers are padded + with zeroes to 32 bits +- four arithmetic operations +,-,*,/ (with standard priorities) and + brackets +- [if symbols information was loaded] names, loaded from dbg-file +All calculations are realized modulo 2^32. +Examples of expressions: +eax +eip+2 +ecx-esi-1F +al+AH*bl +ax + 2* bH*(eip+a73) +3*esi*di/EAX +The command +? +calculates value of specified expression. + +Values of registers in loaded program can be changed by the command "r", which +has two absolutely equivalent forms: +r +r = +(in both cases you can place spaces as you want). Register can be any of +above-mentioned - 24 general-purpose registers and eip. + + +Let us assume that the command "load" was successfully load program for +debugging. +Immediately after loading program is suspended and does not execute. +Press Ctrl+F7 (command-line analog is the command "s") to make one step +in loaded program, after that control returns to debugger which displays +new contains of registers and memory. The system call "int 40h" is considered +as one step. +Pressing Ctrl+F8 (command-line analog is the command "p") also makes step in +loaded program, but procedure calls, string operations with prefix +rep/repz/repnz and 'loop' cycles are executed as one step. +The one-step commands are used usually on single program sections, +when it is needed, for example, to regularly trace registers value and/or +some variables in memory. +The command +g +resumes program execution and waits until control goes to eip=given address, +and in this moment suspends program. The command "g" without arguments +simply resumes execution. + +To suspend program use the command "stop" (without arguments). + +In the typical situation it is required that program is executed normally, +but when some conditions are satisfied, program suspends and debugger receives +control. The corresponding conditions are called breakpoints or simply breaks. +Primary type of breakpoints is to concrete address, i.e. stop execution at +eip=. Such breakpoints are set by the command +bp +Note that if there is only one such breakpoint, there is more convenient to use +the command "g" with argument instead. + +Other type of breakpoints is on access to given memory area. Maximum +numbers of such breakpoints is 4 (because hardware features of x86 processors +are used and they allows only 4). +bpm - breaks at any access to byte at given address +bpm w - breaks at write to byte at given address +bpmb,bpmw,bpmd - breaks to access correspondingly to byte, word +or dword at given address. bpm ¨ bpmb are synonyms. When bpmw,bpmd are used, +address must be aligned according to correspondingly word bound (i.e. be even) +or dword bound (i.e. be divisible by 4). +bpmb,bpmw,bpmd w - similar to break on write. + +To see the list of set breakpoints use the command "bl", to obtain information +on concrete breakpoint use "bl ". Unnecessary breakpoints can be +deleted with the command "bc ", temporarily unnecessary can be +disabled by the command "bd ", when they will be needed again, +use the command "be ". + +Remarks. + +1. When debugging your own programs you can put in code instructions + int3 (pay attention to absence of space!). Such instruction causes + exception at normal run, which leads to process termination, but + at work under debugger it is simply activated (with the message + "int3 command at xxx"). This feature allows to not think about addresses + to use in the commands g and/or bp. +2. All output and all input is oriented on hexadecimal scale of notation. +3. When program is executed, registers and data window shows information + regarding to moment before resume; you can not set registers value in this + mode. Nevertheless the command "d" in this mode shows information that + was true in the moment of command delivery. + + diamond + mailto:diamondz@land.ru diff --git a/data/new-stack/docs/README.TXT b/data/new-stack/docs/README.TXT new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8d770e76c --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/docs/README.TXT @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + ************************ + * Kolibri OS 0.7.7.0+ * + * February 2010 * + ************************ + + The latest release of the OS is available on the official site: + http://kolibrios.org + + If you have questions - look for support on our forum: + http://board.kolibrios.org (rus+eng) + + *********************************** + * What is new in this release? * + *********************************** + + The following changes, revisions, fixes in the kernel have been made: + + From Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond) - Russian Federation + 1) Improvement of drives detection using BIOS service (V86) + 2) Kernel bugfixes. + + From Sergey Semyonov (Serge) - Russian Federation + 1) Driver for ATI videocards updated. + 2) Linux-like kernel mutexes + + From Mihail Semenyako (mike.dld) - Republic of Belarus + 1) Refactoring of window subsystem. + + From + 1) Processing API functions in order to completely remove the shift-register-call + 2) Refactoring, optimization, bugfixes of some places in the kernel. + + From A.Jerdev (art_zh) - United Kingdom + 1) Memory-mapped I/O (MMIO) access from the userworld. + 2) PCIe Extended configuration space access (auto-adjust for AMD-NPT since Athlon64). + + From turbanoff + 1) Read from ext2fs/ext3fs. + + From Marat Zakiyanov (Mario79) - Russian Federation + 1) Improvements in the processing of mouse clicks. + + From hidnplayr + 1) Rewriting of the entire network subsystem. + + From Asper + 1) Drivers for the sound cards VT823(X) and EMU10K1X. + + From tsdima + 1) Driver for the sound card ForteMedia fm801. + + From Maxis + 1) changes in free memory checks. + + + + + + The following changes, revisions, fixes in applications have been made: + + * New versions of applications and new applications: + + FTPS - tsdima, some improvements + VIEW3DS - macgub, version 0.054 + FASM - Pavel Rymovski (Heavyiron), updated to version 1.69.11 + IgorA, use the library box_lib, russification, + Marat Zakiyanov (Mario79) fix bugs encountered + Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond), fix of window wrapping + PCIDEV - art_zh, MMIO sample dumps added; vendors database + trimmed to reduce the distro size. + BOARD - Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond), do not throw out existing + messages at the program start + UNVWATER - Asper, demo ported from OctaOS + (the author is Octavio Vega Fernandez). + HEED - staper, version 0.14: use the library box_lib; + Ctrl+C/X/V, Ctrl+B to select a block + Marat Zakiyanov (Mario79), using of OpenDialog component, + little optimization of the code + SHELL - Albom, version 0.4.2 + CPU - Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond) at the suggestion of + Kirill Lipatov (Leency), do not show system processes + by default + HTMLV - Kirill Lipatov (Leency), version 0.62a + EOLITE - Kirill Lipatov (Leency), version 0.98.7a + RTFREAD - Sorcerer, cosmetic fix + dunkaist, menu_bar and scroll_bar from box_lib, 'end' hotkey + E80 - Albom, version 0.5.1 + KIV - Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond), file name in the window + title, configurable keyboard shortcuts for next/prev + images in the current folder + SUDOKU - staper, port of Sudoku game - that is a puzzle with digits, where you + have to fill free cells with digits from 1 to 9 so that every row, + every column and every small square 3x3 contain each digit just one time. + There are 9 levels in the game. + REVERSI - staper, port of strategy game Reversi (Othello) + MSQUARE - staper, math puzzle "magic square": sum of the numbers in rows, columns + (less often in diagonals) should be equal + FINDN-S - Artemonische, a simple game in which you have to collect all the numbers + in the order of 10 to 90 + PANEL - Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond), a little change in the panel clock + and reanimation of backlight on the Alt+[Shift+]Tab press. + AC97SND - Asper, support of playlists in m3u format. + @NOTIFY - SoUrcerer, program for popup text messages + DOSBOX - Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond), version 0.74 + ASCIIVJU - Konstantin Dutkevich (Nazarus), program shows ASCII table + PIPETKA - Rock_maniak_forever, program to get color of a pixel on the screen + SNAKE - dunkaist, yet another implementation of classic game + + + + + * New versions of dynamic libraries and new dynamic libraries: + libini - Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond), added function to read + keyboard shortcuts + box_lib - IgorA, update component tree_list, new component + text_editor, documentation on the library + Marat Zakiyanov (Mario79) refinement of ŽpenDialog component, rewriting + of some applications to use it, new component PathShow + + + +/-----------------------------------------------\ +* Dates of publication of the distribution kits * +\-----------------------------------------------/ + +RE N1 30.08.2003 +RE N2 07.10.2003 +RE N3 26.11.2003 +RE N4 23.12.2003 +RE N5 15.02.2004 +RE N6 27.03.2004 +KOLIBRI N1 16.05.2004 +RE N7 11.06.2004 +KOLIBRI N2 28.08.2004 +RE N8 01.12.2004 +KOLIBRI N3 22.02.2005 + Beta 2: 20.03.2005 +KOLIBRI N4 07.06.2005 +KOLIBRI 0.5.0.0 04.10.2005 + 0.5.1.0 12.10.2005 + 0.5.2.0 02.12.2005 + 0.5.3.0 18.03.2006 + 0.5.8.0 09.07.2006 + 0.5.8.1 25.07.2006 + + 0.6.0.0 04.09.2006 + 0.6.3.0 31.10.2006 + 0.6.5.0 14.02.2007 + + 0.7.0.0 07.06.2007 + 0.7.1.0 23.09.2007 + 0.7.5.0 31.01.2009 + 0.7.7.0 13.12.2009 + +/----------------\ +* KolibriOS TEAM * +\----------------/ + +This list contains all, who has actively helped to creation and development +of KolibriOS, whoever possible. + (people are enumerated in the order by time of participation in the project, + from bottom to top - from past to future, through present) + +* Trans \ +* VaStaNi | +* Ivan Poddubny | +* Marat Zakiyanov (Mario79) | +* Mihail Semenyako (mike.dld) | system programming +* Sergey Kuzmin (Wildwest) | +* Andrey Halyavin (halyavin) | loaders, +* Mihail Lisovin (Mihasik) | kernel improvements and so on +* Andrey Ignatiev (andrew_programmer) | +* NoName | +* Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond) | +* Iliya Mihailov (Ghost) | +* Sergey Semyonov (Serge) | +* Johnny_B | +* kasTIgar | +* SPraid | +* Rus | +* Alver | +* Maxis | +* Galkov | +* CleverMouse | +* tsdima | +* turbanoff | +* Asper | +* art_zh / + +* Mihail Lisovin (Mihasik) \ +* Andrey Ivushkin (Willow) | +* Mihail Semenyako (mike.dld) | +* Pavlushin Evgeny (Exis) | +* Ivan Poddubny | application programming +* Marat Zakiyanov (Mario79) | +* Sergey Kuzmin (Wildwest) | +* Andrey Halyavin (halyavin) | creation of new, +* Hex | port of existing +* Andrey Ignatiev (andrew_programmer) | or revisions of old +* ealex | applications for Kolibri +* Olaf | +* Evgeny Grechnikov (Diamond) | +* Navanax | +* Johnny_B | +* Pavel Rymovski (Heavyiron) | +* Vitaly Bendik (mistifi(ator) | +* Iliya Mihailov (Ghost) | +* Maxim Evtihov (Maxxxx32) | +* Vladimir Zaitsev (Rabid Rabbit) | +* vectoroc | +* Alexey Teplov () | +* Sergey Semyonov (Serge) | +* YELLOW | +* iadn | +* Maciej Guba (macgub) | +* Mario Birkner (cYfleXX) | +* hidden player (hidnplayr) | +* trolly | +* nilgui | +* kaitz | +* DedOk | +* SPraid | +* Rus | +* Alver | +* Dron2004 | +* Gluk | +* Aleksandr Bogomaz (Albom) | +* Kirill Lipatov (Leency) | +* Vasiliy Kosenko (vkos) | +* IgorA | +* staper | +* chaykin | +* Alexander Meshcheryakov | + (Self-Perfection) | +* CleverMouse | +* tsdima | +* art_zh | +* Asper | +* Pterox | +* Artemonische | +* dunkaist / + +* Hex \ +* Diamond / documentation + +* CodeWorld \ forum http://meos.sysbin.com +* mike.dld / site http://kolibrios.org; svn-server + +* Alexey Teplov () \ (KolibriOS logo) +* goglus | design (KolibriOS background) +* Kirill Lipatov (Leency) / (KolibriOS icons) + +* Pavel Rymovski (Heavyiron) \ +* Vitaly Bendik (mistifi(ator) | +* vectoroc | +* Veliant | testing, +* AqwAS | countenance +* Mike | +* camper | +* Dmitry the Sorcerer | +* Ataualpa | +* Maxis | +* Galkov | +* ChE / + +and others... + + KolibriOS team diff --git a/data/new-stack/fonts/bold.chr b/data/new-stack/fonts/bold.chr new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..d3c96d23d5b273a3a0a505899b838725b937f7e0 GIT binary patch literal 9522 zcmdT~TZmoPc|MYrv92SHG&7QBW}i7y6M5pe#&J_uEqy3%Nl99$X+tP|D3~T`lLk2$ zKP083Yv0z|_r2D>?|shM=Q1;Awp7;*X(%BNp_C9pDW>$Hlu-PThY&&uAtW)f2dUrM zGuFkDY$uHiJs_cT_S$RxYyIE<|KIm7J@b2q4?q38AL;$k3(r6Im!JGZ@59esd7=05 z4?h0E-Y@q)`s|h7lb0XsJ^92Fzk1^6Z$J0BFFgP0KmUstdK-WC{@w?F{qnCphQBWN zo__B6&pvzQ6TOdIdEt}KUwQV0Pd|6%+0ULhxu%d*;}uj#zse;e0KiO$}=l3t!%8))vv5B zul?5A3v1EZZ0#Fs-&uQF`77m%il$J-Q354WGNn>#Wva}SYsyQ?mz951zNUO#`Df*u z%D*TtEB~(ihw^RZ73Dk1ca`reKTv+8{8V{OxuG2F&UKG==ewu7%iWc3w|lXBsrzX6 z@$Qq|r@FtWwsNt%-cytd>!*|ptB+jhbuX-UdlxQTR(ieV<>l4o zqpMw|t1PZ}=TEQ9KeDcLyGyH!YpWY8YikQ97B8H;xZYcRpYkhf7w~yxy|=C?-SrQ2 zd%cZEFTG#sKH6JTR?e?0a`=k!-tOA^fuHfCtUa>!*s8LA>5<;0^J|yZ5}-~yN*!x# zHKZY9%~3n5#Vkft65<)Tqz<&1+K`!fi4NF|Hs;L5@APC4^3p14XdcxGA(}%R66&E@ zs-;@f+G^a!u0D(W!yxnn&vR{;dDN#|<*KV$ zIx{FWnaPMxd^0o!jjhB@{FsZF_F>D=uDv=KhW)Ti%48Ui#WdXXH~oe+Y?E#pQ+=Y1 z)uGzgiau6yF1VZS%xUba)-`&~ylOQ1Oy4vn=9rGGkuxEk`cQ2SS>G=0!pd1@W_nJF zo8^uEjUlPE+8~|bqmygKO>%R1t-*}m8Lx6HyRruIeSZ>6!Z9E5I4UIf=E@$XM>=e(9GnkGU^=;czQtK6RNvzArmi#9!`!(#&?n}$)i@3QY_M%}q7SrO6S`+I zraMI79c_a&I-anBm0J+%drS~O>eCrCrLYkgz_or z5Q|zAi1OvPzZqWJJMnG#ZIJ*OIyJFLhv3B2RL^PYR=g_8VLnZ_;~kD2vmJ9=pQ=Mr zkc2K$!F7CEt>h$N5uQOzg8)SEgJt7d(g(`1A-tPN|MPE8<(j7eb?7S`c7 z!$Lk=v4A;uDog z6@J0Rz=Px?^l>Q?*tHa)16Qe`Io>`<;X&76Oc{%acMBZf>P! ztaDZ7BU952d9XOtL_^@KeYMsm#ulAfJ1)+L??kg?E1Mv;`)Mxb_q?;erj4aJ){K#! zq&@PS0(ZskTSIGPPu!_L4JXJ9t&iPG`azr&J~AOgWK#r@rCFM3XcQ)R*uKzWBegOw zkKosSI!Y$-rr72)f5+a-C1co^YmpIB-}Zbj^hM||da)g|1W4`!StDocje*mCSOlq` z$g{s4Tlm*0QqqzF+%nE+hceIci18XCuR~AK(kneqd5mXKha^#BBoQg)94APWMHx~u z=2#~Ete<5hlV?pjQ9_z9A$#LiXazg4|JIHX;w2AakGr80IF4{c5aFPbI4#m)GKsb% z3Tzp4pODc*o;IUqB%h@*B9^7{jh%fPSQCk;DVq|rvHaFt?{f7TV|B5RM0r{idx#S) z;uv8<2zHjW*b*aA@gm4si#vY!4$Sye(46(}#$l2tA`XP`J#J;4$}Ft6thaAMCsJv9 zj``BPHhDte{Guq0^YmWpq(80mtfB*2v#~XCP^nvfRr5hM$j0erGz;KuW2SAPQX?Dc zsTJ`+_>mjIg`E1PV_K9kW~%_3WLh?G7fH@w7Ixv~VJ0G!KpB6|MKXndoBmWxWxjEy z@-)fO78{;r+57B4SdrIy)-713r<$ZbE@7&nX$Em5VkjaGMT88&djpR(w7K)ws>U+p zE6v|E+g^QZ#8>ei!+RETCnFwGNkMp0AR4@iH4>%ng0v(oil&y>!kVra<9D)AHPwV7 z)mFeCVaZhPqkV!{2%B)iCJf0S#6!u<;*J4Kgd}dig`H3$q#c8WLD}ROvgnSp#6_^~ zTu+a7|65^zo;pqBe#%zyvi?w9Mvdx zBP%im!m&L(U6Y&!sXz;4hN$8}G?Z(zBOpEy1R>)#xUk@9nEQnz$$1K_`pjmEQ~Na^ zMuVhE3lJcY`HpSVlo`R6Zd)uO8nM=D_hK*&piv}eHYP?*Q1px(U?xruU*UWl@E6Jd z`O=$D|IOaX4`nyf*OTkftNf?_Pn@5ypPH}g*R|Kx8|;R)>%8v29`5oR;+AJ5=K|%C zVJXy9EA+~QhxR-w214p6qvc8`?(zK{9=!(vaHH_$$&n6$5^cSIvGqTqBapv;kzCiW zv)Alh?6Ni>?DU)J4RXWSa2jW7OpPYOD7xg;aqWQA_@s6H8*8R}457^p_)X4eu9@=W zh)K+tW)?8&WhlwW|4|GIT;xTWRdGc|WE79mx)@gdK{YJutd4Y_zBx}_-SAizp~m10-!bzs(MmaAig}3oeI`PTcJ*BpQj*PjxA$?aXDUM z+5JLZ^V;14&Q6557;mPV`Lr0-qk25t?9U1?Jh9_%xtsPT+oC&Uhs@MXeN3SO{E?Wp zTyCDocns{A1m+>AhWxEV=soI_FPLLpy#%pv+s56&SK5}T=Il292 zem^#!Y=HX|+s#YOwD@~6BSX;-`Vw_PBy23@7b;k9QY6hkNITZ{SeXqKACAId(D%^Q zu+W!+s1rPd$OA7x#|jZarBZa&R$eZ@@xc;8~JpNuHMAb9FjN!05upyXstJ zjk%+5t5Zb5Kw_=zlugut>r1u*oJTpdXv-__|AalkUW{Lizr?=O`W;N@!3@9LkSsl# zgcGS7T(I^x-gzsQ|28`0|A6Te>}p>HNfg5Nwo?8K{J+iT?}F}>^V;|DX?rU3vD*pN zNKe>6#%sn?=~3T@j0avEYEl!qQtpFqU~iN0WOFO$%-yuckW#Jc1En`C)kPw! z)S)qE6Fz|=T+RKVKMKZtT#Tw=KkxHZ?mIpjXq**R<@9;~Z!z9zYj zrCW4scep#msB0Kio*iVP7&~DjW1yDk>sl?Z2cOT&JX{EAMxo|ybQyStM&a!C%;0Py zLstbyn-~I}EyN45le?#b1E0IFz3S}QRFSK4SNF+nun{}DH?K+GM(4rr(Yx=*Y`NQfyVx2|r{nEXxy?WWS^JuGe-IXoO`` zaaK&7sWoAvH~c)tTkodwkr|Kw5_;K9xMR=EZFPb?_&{B9AAU73D_moYohjdZXRMAM zr>1NAG+=?_yRJvQ_(b9)EH=0nAkgrsUEH+rL0q99ki^LGu}@E<^)5M59^g{Og`#M= z1lWnGss^EG@pyWGnve#WU$}dnyA+fpQ%ikdqC@GTj}Glt#b}j95$7$DvM9Cptg!+o zc48J8LYG#^?&I6@#CJ=Byt^taS(1FMh^9a}nzc@Xkv%p%rp z&g#YiuEUZfyWRJ+_H?)GdV;i>DG~*4srHq3f?J)i&A1lStZA9JVzW$ncPE<|?cIX( z;yY)f?`))T$v~emoEbBT?)xe$scrU^6(t_J%>@a;-UyL7hc2`#uGZ@yDC#e&p(o4T+ zh5lg8#JhYm+sp>}umVy?!^vQ?+A6lwnV9+8_7*OtC)!9IfU)Olre)Xpb*_cDw3Q+F zAa(22A+j&8vxO`xia~)3=5#E^{>ZMS07J_m6VAEYeKFaY!EL9-vjDw_7qR~bD?q6t z#9!yT@-n1VnG~P4n}I0Wl^!8oDJ!hIqRaBlKo3EkYsuH5xd?ah-mN$By1etJ5tZEJ z%}+rY_O;3zqh!y+Kkl26nNYL~odowYzQ?+L?IWa9o`;p+clxX{axGQSRVS>31b}`W z9&;zYs-9V29UZ~THW7iQcDZ}2MaPFqyPW_ literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/fonts/char.mt b/data/new-stack/fonts/char.mt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e9b702604c6fc4facf5c24387826ebb62ea13456 GIT binary patch literal 2304 zcmd6o>tdrI5QWjuh&Dyolud22^8RnR-x<*U*$3D$(Q)oG9MHM{jHb1&lWKbHb${{n zvG@|bbBo9=&h4e_pP#>BhL~eo&kkxguFcDPytp-Y=R*w$5RG*-#<|gauk*FX@Uh}7 zs#Q6ENO8PFL=BCWrE>A+_qX`DqPpCJAGa^(;xLS5rb1O<6wE)6(HP~WtYT{K>uKk% z-fHSq$oEQdDG+%ah@3?c@2drpB#{n#m|K!6+$b$DyE+W3Np9n?npaJVLk8mLXUv|0 z`d1$P8>2G5uEUjXpvon>+|upBGiDmnG-Ceq=VMSkOU^ZC=SZZVRKqYR#WYj$%%Z9u zE44A!&amaYJBJ0{xJPRXudkGnRhZ|u%iD~Ka1e#$XDMc!@AtB8^5WHul^UZ{@@4gy zJM~1H2GbT<(&oi|S-PZ@Cjk+tqsExAjn3xG0LPIEhjH{FByt5&8-k7LxB*C(yi-iO zI%Ni=Gtll-iX@@1A*kxAVZO#yIpk<6t+2eP$Ab{>u?g;GX{TYZ0kLlCN-F2x3lkFa zaW}6v4^vroO{hht{O{|Livdv>F^FRekMjnMoqM+VFb^Wz4zK}9rMmV+Y_`|P>VOPD zPTy9Jrm9zjG9Js%K=l3t8|#qlT0xu7t`TSmz!|Ff2S3yh`KzlGY)$jFmHVBR!9!zC z*t~v;w3H`oPOzzVK~&g-TK0|~9;Rw-Sf9J)Qfek7Ne9VnRFh`0gImflVj7)E?lMNo zAXm_EV1s_-{5+Vbcyo_@}89*o4prwu-eA{A?^oy&ed5iLMVB|w8`*#Kxs1Z3;X z7|Dd_1}zW`o^`fOI_CwOS3}(lpuscQ^Dc}nb>P4v&Vr4dbsWp9Z8UjJ@iurGf_3^Z_;^Y1>Ch@(2Fc11Th&kvlmn};5 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/fonts/char2.mt b/data/new-stack/fonts/char2.mt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..d27525166328cdf80aa5cb1dbbc44ea46f4afc50 GIT binary patch literal 2560 zcmd5-O>f&c5G7Srrh_!L3LkPXWJ!xX)TaasqzT|sqH1TOLmK#y!yZx~=pSfrJ_OQV z-}i>3`+>bK&}mY?%y2&VW`;H@iitq|R!C1~&1|BTGVRyHaQNB+8QYuQqD(V|DEufh z^!;#m_lZbbXWIryZZwWS-XkJo=u7cY)Vv(aIZhjuCS#HcQYsUFbC#b8fYn$=$S5)jM7CLi!A|+DSTCK?j&~+=;`T64QI0p%4 z)VlGyO{W|0JGKl6VpuamG9Eq#e@-bdM3PVe5i4N+)G(e>4gS$eg})Kt4jyx{-{(K24H|XGp05#SX2V&=;bx3F;M$6P)ANL8e)zb^hknn;bgY#ESgy zdx%mv8hoK6TUN4xEmBAw0^9N$=RS0B77we75?y`mOTmP}$^yJ^Fi`#o0JdF?H!VP!OQZVCsx)#ivV8T;vQ^)amC%=H5>o`|A-VjDm9;EHYNv z`Tg*dgO)DWyg8!8J#x?ce)p06eLAA=Q|F_A-5;m!SOGZ;`zDA{SV*X#!>9D}r&$}? zmRwo1K%RylCX75*)z~5%o7=WH$5!<{Cnq3SC+TLp-EvBtd)V*y4?tSa@;sjb;cj8i zZ+5%Cce@+tFfGHjV}0mqn7U2Et%*HvWPg<^%0hb`Z-)t!*^v1I5(0e`cO87I%XfeN z0o|#J2tDW8%DI=W3wgP>!C&zBeRQ^t{MAP$flxeIbGRE= z1G-d=p6Q0w+gp2kON3#h2nsuG5HGOd5XAFB^lLmk0W&|v89MCyadAZED(YYj{WVvT z4%y5_tP0)NTE2;`%bG0XT!D2jhQ(uep^K{j0~LJh{QKf`n4!P!G2N0EB@AuD%CV~J zrO+i$uvp`M@XfJhDZ02Hm`(_{N8u$b>LSE@ko{1K8^ZnITXzU~Z?GWT52X&`8(9#ANSwPU~Gdvlx(50r%9H{mJlO*Sw_SlnuMl8Bhp~(OF~SROp=`@TSH>( zV;}p@*fM2l5;cVGzSn*K0r%s2oaZ^$bpII1$JEROuH`Nb5J79e{{;d-1Vu#! zMWz4ozfe$6fWiNVs5BM^L%`t%fH$Cc1-Nt*xa0!}8X(SCdczPXI0A)G5VV0qkZ@5O zn8Gsvz={fD;L>P>AQ}llAz)}E3}d5UY;0^`fcS@%m5aUO4SRcgB+>@?4-^uOLZHzY zG&`AT zLn_1~VFa{v3K~Yhz==pf5>kPP6(pfWNoWN!79NYXNx>oq0DvM2uz-I;SPFtv6oi6; zGm!wxMwEp>uxt$ISOgA>BcKVfSW4t)Q8EegZ-gtx6ypp?vH!ForyxiKOmQ)`eC!gX z7)B+*S+NjSF@#wRrw|Y{9GXhBp%vRql904w44r_claLHDib=+d^(!){a25^DVEii% zLZzZ<6f}c^+8Xy~QcnYZAwtBrs^j%*lU}=_~?^L8eeBR4TQvuWxF6XmWCrN~L#=eWlSD zlamY@jYXSePSPhC3*$@*mBE-~F{nQn)4$f|_O=#SEEZ4iEqS{rms+_5VjFvj=AT-!hf|#sAI(0678#AQA`?u_cn@lcEci^rkI_ zha)J#;6r{#g6PH4RM9K(riuuKFtFmbCpB5_w68AAwkK8I-0E8Rp7EFe3^lF}^VL^* zrOKQ6vcKHBSUixYdnuw^@jvd=9LZd5k!~I{`_T2BXhu72(Zj0=4;=pZ@8}iCIkDT?pmD66j=STV-=bwF%;+bvjwKVEHqPqOv zr8Z(L$4P0qhN$?OKR0L-5wGe}aP!tN|9h$T+>hNfykPHhqBLNBH~Z1KfivYc?>j4; z?;kUCe0o|Y;QH>jS=&tB&D@udl)-O_>*yak1Tc4{FNS=Y?-6! zHk^F;Gmg6Ks3Ujfi7<1z)H+Vx>Bft%H91c`{JLI6yiPhkkJR&$U&ISLD99L!dZSZx zC4v}>G1Acr`MMqH=%rYNFr=*RTFsgV+tZtiH%B!9S(GG~L6*-8V=wK=#uTb4s6-717bj^h zv99KA^J(`J#wk_P#8j)d*WP9Lmns!WlrEJNA3dGA3IZ4mZVhV=g{*utL$}W z{2WF}?j~PsbNor~p!Ohge!_XFb$6eMb2`30QtVF4uMxjkZywceXPrwjIv!k*_PHnW z>~p4pqL-@Old_eD4s`cwu5-_N5#dn~`b);$(t6(PKZas=ngcTk@~<^~rWr-Yp2UB9 z*Qwg`HBV67Md@9%YkW!Ji8k)i;&&NON@L0@zr87wEjqSdF7F(Cuebh5X*~IwocKnI z)^g6H+8(v_>OSp@34RSD(K9N;7FwI?SFJ*jFLZ_A%Y38OnIHibVfTkUijJnV0PxNK zrubD9Q6BM%?vJpx@wfj|{5@4tB3XBFXho9$Xx!gZl1<&K*RPKE?t4G7V(-eix*4n^ zn4i81*4LVTfimn_El_zB7$bzs)q1BY4GLa~Xft}u^U|$yZ%N2_yLN4;KyIJ$?(s$b z#ghA5ztrA8%l++Fou*3OEcT4(Ub6c+uQQ45lGg`%gXsCo6XlE80ioOmd7{lR3>H!efG=P0bhx-=1ID-_0e>u$YAh$4|L>(R5GaX` zRl4~j9vLbNwS`?ReJ8^o4S6ft1@AO007SVMvSYH$4ny*fBus#(*mWR5eLq$fZP0e& zH?>QhD8o?-&remj9<8?WBPB)!B>j${8jl0OQHi%@uB5P=$R^32AX83jnVD&{o@0MC zi&M}-br-v+?ej2(M`6 zX^6{QJX53_#69TUQ=Kt!)F^-MXT62<_J6q~;X9XqaQBCARTF`;a)!AkgSU>462IcV zoF7!A;X4)bIH|=Z%0B%Djn!{9LyI)h>SI&0MsrTp$|0^O4JQo$#~u#*YWD2auyF82 zf(261{2WhybgO!y{8dG3ztWLgOWVZ=%hH!tl+i-%-4dIq(ikh7hSHn6r6iO=OtDW= z<&)hq6#u$ob%Q+?X>=EDSvG9=&K~+eL&PKL9&+)T!^bQQ5l0aT`)nS8!q&)2zn5Lk zKb5qaw`$+Z1HMj!rQ@BIwUrSXWtZg4r+RMws!H=(_gL+5A{l0sf}Zz@fbl*~UA z==l}58#|6i$3sb1kNj>siWiQLXVm3;_*Rl^qWVRq|b=Et_V&6}szU6`tw^|zv~2EY6>w>}*Bc_#3F z$l@pD-hM_?f#mrIyPuqYu*=OLmEKqD*4pMvwQpAZqI;R%0WE+9Q%Udk+II~)h zCBxDR0&u#LI1&?P8uPP;H~b9F6s~Qcim_V~bavo^X_`tp^?682(Az=19c;cY3PFU^ z<*@N9#dZ=Tmr2pCdQt~l9V$WYltK9wsfTGrz6qy)Dx7dbZWpHelHeSBH@FZ}C(3n6 zD)-!bxd@y`u<^bx(xA7=9m1TbGLB>`j)&qG3Mj@qR=dpypNn&Vq8^b0?N?Zc#M zqIs_0Fp{5fE#S?>=&s0>hTqO{&mI61&9p6;vnFx~j~6U+)v2CaC^(HQ9&0 zmUk9`wt=8Jfs`o!-o5D&=*O!1O+QOFndzn1zt}1%{>pE^&Q2$5ktXK0Oq<2$z7}eJ zdXHKKQ4Arhf!|dE00y}ue*6lhu5tM(4ljN%D zT#s@2a>H<@>P{Z-;#ZsJ4WmU?yG4H`M9Bl%x-=|%`Mq1?F2DCDxW$89lCVjk)|>CklO#b}fxTmZbKDZj|y8|aM!N7@umKthl^jmbG6 zEpVC=y1y1m;}RIw;z~6*0}%uu(!jAgc8Ed{lN9p#cSvIvIst@L#BiVHNoN$1pKvP z{0NTScoO>ISk!fRRO=Fc+Xi1Hi%;f=Dn&&h2|P%_Xb*VwZDcf(66FesLZPF5kL~Pjt!WM z#b9Gou+gdLnCHm2cx0SAIWC70mxYaULvs`$;|sCz#b}ObGQOM|pAU($6HRzf1vbaP zk`)rF5D9e%{PE$0rpYLY2=-QZVmmUi6Pws7Dyv9J?3+v+U?l2qCk~Sn+u*VvA0$l@ zlBTiZl1uDwwv(P6OQyq;`Vir~o?$1c5S5RB%VlHrcy7-K>urd~+x zy*TB>e|#zhZo|KUNmY22s#KCXh65onFCyxktOMJ z+!@}%sUC4Dmx(X$+|4+*2SV0oj7dWSoHB!gGav6|Jct7szTykp%fy`|;7;{9jCls!FjB^c?;b#%&EMisn=4nZ0y=Z@J%A;6Qb;OL4|zcg*69_-$VsN zdo_sTX_&0tJE&;Z8?lBrC*vJSHg9AM?bB+#qY72-a0ukF=bw_ze`SBOgz2fsBP+Y_ zcAn=g2?v~t;KDLJ?>ppsJaj3+y_L*=tG(}r;@~svkujd;NnLsi9=At)lc~UQk!U<5 zCZ`F{JF{ze2cLKM=>_bC@06c#I%xAG0&D5%yO%Tt6>D!d`$apd!>=!w$JP%)>=(UQ?(MNx9aUb~(FJbX!FH{-P5jt>_< zzgFa2TI{x3?VKo9dS|~Nry>8{lY;d4QnZ*u!M-Obs5JOnv42%*q*6)M zerb*YccfsMt40}FM7@;Bd0*OSo%OastmJKj_kDV@>2%4(X(!(=?A(;{_V{9oblK>1 zsnc}1e{JMSLu76|z{sln)=;_8Q^~(yDU-?*mIBn)h#9lqs`re}Y{Vfq? zR=hee>Pa;pgKfOc}P*yvdmVxT9i)Mci<&_s#CLJk#;6mGr-gDrV zR?AO)kL`H>;33WqadZZgT5%?gXD8l~Oo;XnC>>)G`hoP&SinV8}wNrqogqnN3G9oiF z;o{Y5z49^U?|rgmgJx=<>v+eByX&jf>3sUg4b-R2D0?bb$MQBLl$~+t{g}$zU}f}C zEV{l-y*`ik(}yy0xw(0@Gr2bXQ_)O=XW^$$+3rm3#&+jMiKWPMC(LP8jeRqX{UJb) zvyhJT=TUQ^k)wN`hs(gz&Za{NpXbHdCU~31c$=onz_TI18mwvYQ`0x+rnL~Lj$re) zPV!Qz z#vtRsJ9MKP#Lt_7q8;n^_IMcC;NtvnmP#V>J;!kI-l~K{czs};?h(`^KEB7aqah;- zNM&wV^>Fx{9{98#Sm#e?ekd3Gkd22lqB}RDr^jJ%$bJeoGF;wIA#x&e0Ukjy-CV#E z#il;jFP6*W3FAD48FNf>KmLpDIEpRRqpw<}=SgVfK#s#-3pGe?kNam@o6RxOjcAO@fwj(Ai%e$!;=))tgvXp>66aoyv_I;OlzSH{gHJiMiF2 zerw>-W>@2E?@d4VyxFPOhf_q!X>Z@gYZ^eIpE*cc3uItkat>bh`C7#-?f0ANA2z2+ ze)iRtGgbZ5rAgC8meZu$)Af?GpY_aZ51+N)vTsXL@3K78o2%NNH2d+$Z>ICsZ292~ zztXHs{+x8{+??N>#Ic#SbMp(9bK98N>ZEz8V{>Kw^J_^nl1ua3{0ocx3qLDn*FVqf z`pthklv&AL7}#8(f1aPTqz`V+Q6%S0cV|hG0(=ANt>^e#59#_I(=sq%7{x9J17t9Z z!t-;j=LE&1mbi$EAu)7WH2|s)h|ROBHt~Rk*u^WCPKC`YZPClUA?bpjCB%VS&K|a;hOHC_f zf&vkrRwd^bO`GP<&aX&9<*)dE$;)4L^`Dl*eK6WuP@7*lQr71mmtK=y<|*8yKh|dt zmRj&rWmxG07!R1cEF-XTF*=OVD#?D1#500gv=x;bAuborv5Pe=rdus%LgnxKe-l-e z)0tm1IGRz~`kJ}LV=K!3gTCry^+l~|@rN}3F{ybFZ6)*da!dY_YZ&0XwM-0Kyl6$g zG0(28uTZtM$o^oXgue6`y1IUANshMK8b)Fd|6uOF`MBvzY#5LswNXh_(N6xL>$*wQ z{~9ATf7bu&tp1nV^UF*6Uwiu(r{~#s=a=Y{wpTtXOd?DFdAqg6S~qF2-7!1<#&<)$UB=Eajui+A-Issc-Ajy6xD zrjPlrd#~B{;w3k8<2?E`0a+Anr)G4=GLIj{++pCL zWDNg}%jPH?bQZJg^j+PfYWLRjUDt9I)b(AD@4MqRyS@v*{M~lbhUFN5z}@G&#v%6o zbsD%O`A2TQQJCM@_rAY*1Q<-k+~MCY?|(%sLwh)(0|0cL4&8#Wu8PaWF6@$-zt^R; z)`@%rG(M^zPal(SQIJ2)8pR+%J@WX2-urF|LVFCj6Aic{V1I~ozU=$jyzYCYgS+ML z_qvZm-%ub$M6DqVPof~tqVyg!#rMt;h_|G9zv4TzkI0=U$lpieo6dvxQXoA{zTRI4 znScL`r}z#Ua2KT<_O|gA8F2Td{3-O@3;6ygXyKrr0{Pag`}O%>=J}(agZ#jYO)=4X zOp4-v!keQdCMb%!;g^&bY8a+UP$UPhq%Mp><~{=%JZTukU;m(ugY)$zRifQze2ndB zQx}aJ$6dO7Wlz9nHJ=z~@+X!CUbXL@o&2$EkTa<8;De~he1rc)Y*3rexn&F3R7NR& zZA&`ScZ%lDF;Ou&Rz6<%E{j{>#K(JNo|`Ve`A%B9OvE30&GctEBQZl2%UD0+Xvt!_ zZPp6&>{#81nwUx7g_Y6#^>*ze&qBT_+m=Y~w(DMSpZ)uWz}QPL|X@<9eny#@Z0-%QMY$ zJ>1{1pZ%0~{cPC5@7=}bqQCQ@A}0^Ok9@c0{LPNP&jTFJoHyV&A)IoV^JKYfi?v+3 zd#m+v30e#1UWhdXe5&2XNKhyd*T!~^@57b9YJJQ$A;-`c6!1dXTNCm7?LuA9(<-(t z+WA#5gv{GgqbpK-)yyu5%o?HB+Cc%foM-RVFuIiD3aSt%Lkfn>=kAC*6bO;Y!>x6n)SPFz#T(^-wJf9^Q@+94^zK)O=d0>3a7W|^aLM!P3#q4b3&J|mYm(?RSx9l~pS-VGJF8}fG z&~QAICB-_rO@T7>u%SsxNY9~1@7p11UO`TGUPft7c@}w{*S+_?L(|!>Oy`aB{pQ^u z=ir8@t$P1zJ+{h+dFHG5do58~^O!cB7KxDW9a;+^GqrW|fxWAlu8&YdA5o926#8z3 zb8A+($5dQ_qnHO8Ywj@`IQU{1SB92r(uwG+0$8bFV}ZaoX)K-it8z{P_jr<#i*a0< zF{`QWAK+h-xa*t*a>S21k!$Om(hcahA(~Um>0GRQ0^5-ou<*i6b?^3ChAJmtVY4Vj zUGmAV<5EFh8Ebbdn(0r(Y6A%-xAlf4tvAZLHA8U9v|5rC)NQVplV4_*#sqVtFQ`V1XOuu7Y$Lq&sf>$$78N{&F&FSvvcf4zQvi`nH zKVk*sVA(BUL+={Osu4dLHND!H2cH zzXdYQt7q>!vsvUF9MzC09AY-k3xA}h&lH2sG3dC>5I1hphZg>CbY2l%;^9_Ni%UA} zgcNuYw7GWKcf}*(R1Lkh>0|3oEi+1_+yEL#ko@5V4j-0Y1S><>WshBmnY@tqR~i|? zE;q<$9qPehU=zNc4n%HMFa4o+wLqm>6I{!2Ckv5Rg_hnYj!3`Z4#YszYlQgSCEf;x z!A-^U{gTiMMpBE2tCxlaW5f9JC8r2oY7|@0?G3kmz^Uu}zu%AR>bFEP$?fbW1~J;B z6ba~ENiKtywAULe@^9$4^ASHpi*(;{ZV-bAo{qkmqGjI!;Z5RDb6XF3YFSKNAJ85%0*wbjR#~8)CP64 zT`$PkDS+)>5qPLnR~%OJ#`NsntIz4z%Y8(ONus5WN!r5&SvwG|bL$QovSaV7#!Bz+ zDq4gH9)aqI11s!BlwGq+9h+X;SJ?5FIVaiR3$sMnE+}l=aJRKuv>o`~<47!gT1kZfBez|1iG) zWbD&?Nag5fc{qi8RETeXe4^=h$NjJ5^6NiE`YLVoP|c>#gvdK)q}Ai2Y`tx7sJCo`)IL314Tu#qUkFg;YMu z(~|Hs;L4(^sjBA*@Gl!H-|WHrs}J?`-99J(WcX!WP40b(yGG`(Mv|L8XdCPKT+f^y zEf}wfvj6;zduH;}`{-Tl60gV239D0 z`$N&^wOhO)y+7w?t8yi7hyIr|^XJP>^VIBjHipjJfr(b`y5Dz~Q=yoPIBfeJW<>O( zn@fVv*!Z?`G5PKX9H(N!JC(PXEgDnH(kFt+;!n2|i$a&7cY>+r$;<$2-4(6J^)@(w=z)Q{#^Hu$S-z;=ehws9G(PGR$Rk%LmoX$Ii6;H`>fyL*Yp@;IpIre$;aO_7!e?%gMwRu7Vc9 z(H6-SgJ0WMd}YM2V!&_i*3FZK`7*6*-LFrpWXmMR$d*gVrAx@;4H>~lhG%mOWrZ_O zTNrK_7^;98-GK!!wPoRl$bJ;5IpnR*k+4wVl@U;MNvyflCL;Y)Jf72;P7o zwMj8Dz~l5?@N77ok+0Esc$@B-Ed325Ik+(d(Qc5_#)$?@@y2EcMprG`<<4YX;RBmD z8p|n&$-z3L3)AJDwK%)Ja@22;aZ`m-X z`1TLim<{n=o3pTNv+HT!=ovk*=-n~vYrocGXH|L|{#7V)4L`t0ANX2e#gG6l(Bunx ze;o`S)(rkQWAjs;#-W$KJzK)n4>{zs`Rz+%ziPu$7fYZI@MsLOTn70? ztog^}_jhcBUdFS)wk5PdKK@d{-E5(AG`7_Nmio|EqU~O&?TLO{aeJGCSz9qbTj)ER zPQ=hbqZQ<-4fok$8T%pem+>cehorrZ_|87PE_rApYER?#N>uKbS2`S0ICuST-|*QE zTeVf&BlR0H6@x7$wi;eE_1xk0@_|e5ZmjzbFwF3}VZq+Nf>Dd7iaghv^TJEaP@OQ1%}_-91#NWp1V;uN#kDq4x^LfUWem8s}A~J4tMk% zT`eatl8(NC6M=I#?sGUksCCpk@^kc?n=npte0p}`$<>L_+zJ14j`r9IfBwnH)e$ga zGRkWr`j+F>UHdy4RcOoVyBd>$XC0gcXYBrQN8r+;2`Gf%-Y>~CF!1Npm|r>O+gH#-vAy8q<;zo!EyK<@p)4es67z;pA=4h z+T|hzSf}BQu&CxJum%~FDg>T+iq}Lmv)iENS5F7Wy8nubw6XzR6a-%>1_V%eQ}WTG z=knYI)Ga8)!;%DEe>wL%cb1KU15t2L3|=QChA&K3sV>=whW{9dYJTb_fWT`pYK5CX zCk9Z8R!!d!o{NDfp)H&M-C08vq#+G5Lvd=c+@UZ}Q3p>**uvyXFdr=XiYOk918YJ~ z8+YF3Encdfo0E-pyBG`Ni{&&+=KQbewuQ-x zW2s0Z1kU#L?Hm4H^BpVSY~1vsXCToFx1`waz&Jf)S8tfC&Wm_-cFd?myFuw*G&tB3 z#iPQO6)GS&wRAK8S5I)v9hy@Sb! z;mmM-RJryjIZ{V7@`5HKEcwgM<^oL;bZfwiH+Ie(i{H=ynW7`vachTu=B7xn#??MT8FQV|h8jJsh z;eUwSwVc1JzmIE*`i5!)G|Aq)#C87HGw-BuJm@x3=gL|Iz(;+vCbF^CzhZvWg59s` z@ZRVQ+UVRGqnUAV=lj-}MbTbGQ|F`mzijkdMX3Utb2R9t9b;p7U_%%dGyG*^@VMWQ zoZr~|#z=DQ)Rt<0^rqdU{8R1C(WcGWfugzSO+U(JsF*)-ea!LgO?YIj>tVz=bW?~X z&p7h?668;d_Mc78Ud-@cwhI4JxwWY;%=G4)`c=7NRlRDmNmt!6a{B(G&Tq{Bd)Dyg zZ`Dm!GS8nn$adl8p%usemhV9{7r?bOFSoU4b)Vf-nC-Iv(fs|tu6_$&{O6(JhCgOe!j9P@cYgF~eiwcI0|x*){|8(K B;CcW6 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/index_htm b/data/new-stack/index_htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c88fcc52bb --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/index_htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + KolibriOS web server - default message + + +

Welcome to KolibriOS server

+

+ If you can read this with an external html-browser then Kolibri + networking is correctly set up. +

This file: /rd/1/index.htm +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/data/new-stack/kerpack b/data/new-stack/kerpack new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..511e23d2daab0a765ccd64373f1aee2768090f8f GIT binary patch literal 6421 zcmV+w8S3UsP(w@kBme+`00001Mv*2LLXK;4&&M{_Mtt=a6Ie2$LG)d%O`Xkp)I3*M z0+W-Tk|cOZ3VvY-eW(d3rM-PW`W++;cD~DWqZq{zyyGHKPC+6ZXE!#LdQvs*lT$Gw ze;sL4Ks~zi9BnjBTG_xT=1Z?+y2L!yn(-KcWgGpl~)%T zY#8Ynrcre_7x`E5j|br>^jkP$&rEl{xHRwvphts(?v&%XR%<&v_jpBgZGiK6p{j7E z#Y{ox;{*JTe8b0ZW@RDbIGs0tbNcykN?qq0$pc4P1fH#5fz*ME@6c2gqyMR6;^M2~ z{w-hj9$WL+%zDh-POic4X~)}6NczXxM2>HcXcl{gQTr3-S>g%;JUUua>dKzkMCPYH z9gpn0xg2lPVw7fm_yQYrNZR2(m+s9E&MbA=QI%z=zL)smsK{dsy>W?MNf<+=F4 zAIKfI?UdMl9UbEqOI~x-2@3F0CoSn6=qV%eDBMJ=Y{li9Cu->wbsM%J+=l6oxwnTr zXx6Fvg@7&UNeLcF6{dHui`50227UT$9O7=C(3RA~$(0b}FFmt{m+x^ZNudh0gDFzJ zJ2h#OH<#j!EHabKG1wf6KaA+P1Y`sb!dZ%X9IA{GWB&t?cdO%^7TMk|LZWY{svfMni>)`SCF$%Oq!Ao@&P(rqvuXozC)M)th+Vwoy+ zW1YEr9&c3k#Ai#Lx7swgrlYc^ht13`Htl>A*ZLJOYz8yO?9c2R$1F$FG-8vIK6V|6 zCJ7r=o)i!U08K3OB_FG%kok!fTaH0LJU=>V$IfF)i(ykMjk|fPs`}+OU_-6ymJ$$V z@R$7|rLXzzzOvl}`RwK?Ygpr~CQl+;n>7}$qlI%1C z;{2+3MoLqB@T-FMoi)+pjaNDXK2h!E_L|r!g)j^~A zzwE%zn|e)gNXtF1Du|_1d>nmnJJF~)M>xnUh0(gE7lNvrRXtZ{CFHkW&yiW+%o9c1Rj`<@0?IZna0l+TmLRteNeN43 z*y*h!OwgEvd%iY;@s~Oum7&F!URgi(Uyih`y*Ek9T<3tmT5kIW)!J6Gp^vZv-vhbb z@IK#0Vk|8DADY8y91@L}fS1+ubYT*+xls-lH~WRr_=xYs5Sp~q`ymZyK&V`bEJ&qm=+-`5%@kk0Vb(W( z8un?h1r%M?uUJ(N#fcR;@Yxgl>bM#r#%J6_q}lr{eSkXM;I(mvWuxQIqHJfF&^wFt5f zE0uGCH3->$pVxZnuAMw47A~w91k+-AOx*p~b}O9{Vp#`erV%|IO9qX3d8U`Gu?dcr zKID@Ltby8M52&Ql!y;a*9UkFK%!*$i{E=5WMW!lWcf$a(v6`-vPtO}G48`_oc7vzdDWV0-D!4ostd4QPOJMsn4Q@Qj`}=lsW&Qay*ZY++xN&tlH%t zls`;5mA_=ZA;^4+c^XFAiX9{iq>B)~Ml7PA>O?k6Qt5{6qqQmgpFU+I)A!`Kw`or1 zQS<1H zQ^p^h7#lep(S;PF#F{>PfF?%c7ume4p>CIO!OpUUC~BL+y91%^7c zG)=Ad(W`;5ILTAGf#(MEg9t<_6r7ESPfEh>)Kt`fY)@)Qm~5LEY4zwdnCu4*&S|)t zUN>35LsIB;h^9J3sNs+*ukN*4ejMZ3+zF%D=oD-JZ*=CTyn4-xw-b{`_q;a8slR}# zZXQl$&+gSQ#GkX7@{c}PsI`YMG0AT{yJ;2VH?Apd&w@o+vjAo$*RE@mD;KjOsa!nl zn`ohh;0hx_ot11Eb*Qpruz%L{X;NZOR=fB9nYug;@9reQf3t5z6=!nfksv6gtO`? zET--kY#brnjWyb3!=j4tLF=`q+gNi}E{!X@eGVH}%N4iX;fVj~jP=(eNzOxk=NE7R9&ia2r z5T@x5F0jr+fKMDA=p3?{KN{)hQU`C>Wx+$(&JLyGJ+tyu<@sN^YQ`p@{={@yXbPYB zOKkUa#2t+B_~#k+Jbj>#7o=5IZc2px(-fPU#yB(SH4!Q7Izk?M+QWz2CdvMqDy!v5 zmp=~WEn?nZm6}b_&eQ!Rycq*CoH?Vf_VBR?#jch2@)17oFZFhwuu^go={{;j(o_T-{nj8aQZa_5Sr;88tRp}a)M{98^PY(IY z{Fx`J<&0H>#2R2)`N~)<=`~afa1mV_<{w8CCvmH2+LY)$j-Q$ zpq$sdtY}+Oi)Gm{uTe6}C2V@liIIAt>_Q=#qaRChT|62rk$?v_LfM@Mvn2GKInP3c z^IdiC%R!q&Kut2&UiN>m&ey1k5f++-N}h)OQpaB@X%d1riuYXmPZHypvO_*lyhhx9 z{N=W>cDD(YasPPc5d|a-n?HrOKh8Z>!)aj&OmXSaDfZcFr{SdACl8CXjm(~)E)PcM z0FRZEt>80|37wBKu3nKDm_08QXCno#_0vUrL%Q;t8(o*1$v~_tIc%B=kju96ko&~)gB(?4g=$Q1#t~Jr+Qc=% ziSDx;UqqP0J^;ndMMu@wZp{7@V&zJQy*Q546{TXa+_giu$QbAWeb`dAQ49d&A!~*s zh`&JChIjuWy(G=j&w;h?URS${bjpXGVYDUzRv>!0Q`K)Bw6ltcC7!V|&gS*aT%VEe z`^fc_!{I6ssghBU;XWo3v6@GJu-Tif7kC>cDILj^w7&!N>v^94{_j4M zP>z`2J1!3?!f>1W02iJRbSQ6{gZaqyuDGG*3xxx6*>3p)R_VKN4 z%8bY>zTxGHhH2i0j8^?S9NMqJ*FVV`c!GUdQDNV``lDVAt){M@CW2*AvY+1 zc(8c;%nc3>3L@AedVQ4vxVeSr0N4Ydq24Lz=pVWa0wndQ$sKAmlHO3?QF5govV2IF zPAwWIgRH%bqlzm^=GFax;a&w<7gQVF|91{r_W(4>06WqwlzkmaZ~Z&ez+rCFV>iL7}8*Q+> zuS#WB{QTLr|r!k;KHC%!JR~MwW??$=8Do@~J891Je7rcB>tOV(@*{ zYwqaGJ%m1tliN<_XHs>M(U&ZA3AAcoAFw^)uY)aTHqpV?SdDX~*W$XBJUO$|t1l`O zNtibN{0`!MfTjPBDt+QQpQw^mRzrRkGeWLT;Qx?FF8Jl-mFt=a?aRRX{I*d9aY;1e zYms$nno>6X0QMXH60Y^H1>75Kl=>*dek92KveyXM{25fSfu?EGGeJM(26sp~I(Gzx zd(SWA?am)Ef{rwq7^niEshQE>t=#pv-$45juKuLwgX8w4ypt7U!@MM0P4nO(W_&gT zOi-1vtx|gg0}iXKx)$sgLN<%KX$%V@yRcV}6^Mf3d#}ZJA30q- z7yYkt?K{nq(qFbtD0u8|dIrbn&D$yvZdAq;5@I4l;!g{?GVb??8omb)J12bdD>X=e zps%2|X@wizSw);!pTqhfrRN)Q`cYKHzYhmKJ;YIPQFkNR`-lSfgO{b&|uG4b0T;fJh9_&;8D(xAdU(U@0vXosx*2q(7SNl3y*>Sc3SA?|0T__^8^ zc3~aV;V1!=M_Olk7nr(qKHM3P@gIb7F^;G3MH_UVJ+y3{q1lXRS2LDxfK@!-3kaGF zR(;8Hyq^m{4N@(0AP)3B_aG2v;AC+9RYAVw6uJS%NAy3Vll%#Go6a}{m9NOvc8)4X z^UrD7)x|a#4#k4dLf~Q~8LY>%QBBAs29%c@g5Ixo*7MBrG$}z|#JO zz$7_{0fPy1@Wv*MGG|0{{tW&q7(I(o!q zwC5v756KIqPlWOBfZ&3h#(hM1O{qeHw^5jR){Y>c8Gr z+Ca(#Wp1n{#^o+Hai37~e!+9fm;dnx zpUQAW6%>kN_^VzMhKAYvplLl$057@reDZ3%=w1(On*-cUUf_? z#9G;l!jvV3k(vD39K^hoW{pDM@@hLJ@=do%pgZJ>tO*?L?ym!&E{ELZg)&So+^8eo z3{DSsP6nZFQqcO6(OjIXtz8onKqEFn4p`Gbnz;2fe1NFfyng6k%6>em;O>E8&k`S zz*PcB!0^LNtqTn%>&p)u0DTCsI^#MNv6%bFuRmwr_D`0^mGYzpFq~*dR0f8hi^lt^ zl}?l0y(%m~PIL79Ln>_7Tm7x9Dn$tcG~3P#;5oEIYBMP2npB>C;e3Q%mT&s9-z9kC)zGr+&ygi0Wd6clE(^@5Y8$oMJ=Ohth zD4LwMBYi@MrHCm;nXz#ULg~P}>z#!>aSK`YYN=AF`*6iwDQ{Huu~8wQ-q!q!*(t;7 z8hnj>D*-g-zY(>sx1s)DcIfk^reqUMkxQLTy(4}um<)K@cG*pZ*r^m8A^k_{GMHE^ zcjdjPk>c(-1cdzPgIE9h2o){y1vD9Ux6fCaqSu{gG3TN3SZyjjX}WP>F-a!Gw87o8Zq;cdhELIjmWeJR}S z*cHVbOn3|1MB<&^jQgEiV@OS}Q1k>5KeoTn$bzAe2JG;^xZhHy#)vEMGASeIw9uBo z>LQ6f3mLRHtJa>KDfwN~5*`daU0&pjA^^$})zkWJMn)XPMS8i+JTB+t0yo58qxfaY z{Pp*VPX7?}@(KM+=$g1Z@U?SHq2870N+1~8tgH0>o4}GuC8tz2x~Ztd%-^m!j1v=V zYN>x`J-Pm$erjdfRZ)C75E5afV?p80Ge{N8q<1fYngbgZ3jEb%RqkY9Nhh=@t8M6^ z@W3KGH9wxZlpR@?Kzrq&QvzU~xrQk3rtDUgcs-Z1U1T22WI=#bW{{u@9d|l+^u9{* zl2ho9@iQ^6++Ua(RjyLvjWa^97C|kma`x+X1$0Ho+U3#=AcW|TCqongM0Y2SMA*Rr ztNJVBJ4H#q&D{1kDAHx5Bnft}Xc+En>vn*Dj#>wk!}oCkJSC>Xt;FtVAk$)fvgx({bwblU{yC- zMSpqNhsKh*?9~DX9&5k6%L^3ZhvrKP6zkd2?)tcS$nU>j+&&z$C63Q-i9qjcu zEvNm}+#@C~U&1Myb%X+0T(M0+hM>ns;q8BqX*0K)=u{a^WKCkWPjF0|1Ag&RglTC*Pz?UOWXk-&b-M)zyBlWs#oW4gGJ5xC&wV_Jt1Pt1su1N1Nm~ zq*udidg3LuXk&hyk4k|1|Am|u^P29lgKJw0ioN>yXl$;XbXrUKprrVx-{1}CZ^bYW#F3y jmoFYA-kq2-Ot$KtLt55q`+(ei_L@yr_!^R#000014_k$w literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/keymap.key b/data/new-stack/keymap.key new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f6f2a5d8a7c5d4ee9dc1db5ee573fc521604329e GIT binary patch literal 2688 zcmXq$HZ(FeF*P%{ur$!M<=`wVPc15`EX~X>h>qp0ODs-FOV7y4&aqZcV2G)zNG?mt z%hl1-XD~5UaDeLrny_Wl4zmsBn=Q6(+`e<0qmzxxe>ZmzPcLsDUqAnVz@Xre(6I1` z$S6lAXBSr#88c}`2W1u2I5jN|&3J7N&cJZjppeK=Pyc}GTHZRxU>BfjpfOfTbqqC8 z5zb*we!ez#_Jr)WBieq30S0DB;jbNy9R3IDki!4aK|=<0c=+oQ@;^!8ucX|ss-~}@ zX=@*g9R4SO_QS*f)Ja1IEok^#Tg4Nye`tokJuLjIK|K4=d{UPt-Z}NX0}hA#mg{dc2h(Dgud>Uwz(g4W9Cnv z*wZm-PUAcsLiP`(^sjbSNnJztT>Rw=n!xZ+tb&#QaVorZg|PBJcM=1GRyjER>sVVU z63YLils}02M;2KAJ4V6E|EW`W>jGirzptt&!?bX4`nT897bRpr@!@YKEmNml9bGdc zCe9(Yc3}Oly#=}a|ML~8{QvgEkimv#<^K|B`JaGX{@=NZRQ_K(V#r`O+{=Ho@&_3H cPcmWU&*ucXmp@;4>!x_Z%AZel!?XMW0KQF=u>b%7 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/lang.inc b/data/new-stack/lang.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc151ef654 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/lang.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +lang fix en \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/data/new-stack/lang.ini b/data/new-stack/lang.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c03a291d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/lang.ini @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +[start] +startlng = 1 + +[comkey] +ccomkey1 = 1 +ccomkey2 = 4 +ccomkey3 = 7 + +[altkey] +altkey1 = 1 +altkey2 = 4 +altkey3 = 7 +altkey4 = 3 +altkey5 = 5 +altkey6 = 6 +altkey7 = 2 +altkey8 = 0 +altkey9 = 0 +altkey0 = 0 + +[langs] +1 = En +2 = Fi +3 = Ge +4 = Ru +5 = Fr +6 = Et +7 = Ua \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/data/new-stack/lib/msgbox.obj b/data/new-stack/lib/msgbox.obj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..655d3dee72dac7a6768090ab954fdcbb25803a39 GIT binary patch literal 981 zcmV;`11kJWP(w@L3jhFt00001Yyc*tx23KZ}i}hoGk;$ydEkAq*6X zXOG`h6w4qI&^mc#98#AWFx|54#7&QxPf%Jy3V0+1t}krDAC12bO|jGVL-&4sXf}z6 zZGK-zO=HpLd=eZAQD5hVWYRV%P(2KxzLXE(jWD>g*8+NZdMH&+_1LoOKQ+v2p=?4P zD{Ockn{I(~rhGTJFG~Uw;Eq7Y9-c)EeyvV>N7di*ynr(K`^|jtbD3{Vw7Hz!1EGTJ zAQu9l_S>w#VF+|xddkD|^Imtf>#N(9LQm`1{^(m_D8UMD`nLM}QRB5*8X`b){h47+ zs({qy#E6h8T6m}8>0WwF;q4&TO9aS+trr*%&UZEyj=y$WJ5oN~DcLE08>tG6xaCax z_JC=^S=7&voO4aaM>^A05U^C%UX>TtmD0}VVk^+Q**FoLQ^)sL6GmK{-UZ5f8|Z2<2YV5U5kFrNL?M9x2rLE&!ns-7=a|%Gs^m=K zW&3BiYYRy;vs_ZkL@VUAv!J2)Ah~PUNQV1_jR^0E%-FaAoJU1#Ngpti7ndC*_-Xy` zFwdHX7uIV5`L*}w-rbU<=K93_<$EI+#(y6HeeictYUyFZ*Eii@ZHa$@A>t^&VNrYt zI?)39J1rXpqjGl7jEsvg80U6$s-d!J@j`q^R-rSvSCMd8sR$;!Aj62HQ7UAGL=;E% zhqN#sy37$g5|-swq=C#l1+!7K1o5aMfOBYLV!j@M`Y%iIR3j;nls%ap2-8Pd$Up`yc#2A{w3;J%f|9gFvVPKdINtmu-NF}GP~BjlcTo@Z1?`a*j2Ch zN#RGStnzURFS-sSg#TyHdz-(D^ZtsQ5ME zviya!3B(H115k6Ms-$6bngFP(bI;!7Iua@%v;1#(7AJG;J*kenaVlw-n;!rU00000 D`?cCd literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/lib/pixlib.obj b/data/new-stack/lib/pixlib.obj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ca2e94a7780dc586f691d3d46566dac759043422 GIT binary patch literal 4620 zcmV+n67%g#P(w?_C;$L~0001gJOC!{>Il|L*%=3-<#}NB^Jq(BpRV-8pceEVioZxL z<`CN*6`zH43@a!MW9nHcaybPcDYc8AVRBL4w{3yr?3_>8hQSzs2TAtoir3L(8x|%l z%kFdN1z_b4@!yo0k#jI51B3zKe1B*Y8E_Bd)=hDkssH{3$ z5X3uOQI1KyXhO?=3C_Hf#BC>~O7z6`Df?XUo;!+UB-3npa{3XiQaB;#zg2rKL zgn>0QKaV@*XrTCdR;^L!Qm=1c(9gEhfbo%rUg z%XREOhfSof6`#68&fi{gE4Qn!U|L32F|k9W$)h3?DC*E{c(6X+Mkr#$=mI4Xx}E=v zo$=x2#{drexQ9~nY}4Sc^2@5UT(L_O)~^xB28vu$Zct5v88y zZ)4co*@TNKGU`o}%l#|r^AdVaosuMye_i4!Pb8k?Z1T^zm_HYS62gTosZl4lI#Tec zg&cI-M6UpOrNjK8(WY~DpMtrNE*cow8yIY**`nu7B~ETyiD7O);KvlrhL=i3Iv?-g z8%YM5mVypsYb%6<%Ptt;%V0zwNX+XWx4G)03A@=f-2C>FxBq`_hjAHFqWSr?c-^ZL z?^ne3fNq#EoLVz=lP$5{r4d@=ltcQQ2+Aj1aQ1TBG`N)3?Us%@=G zw1L|#Wd6^=sWiEDC}#xIy1^+d;Z}R2>Qw8p_EYnOJFxuRKj^{cJwyL?uT}WbX(HCD zaqPe;36@%LR;gp(dwU2`XSG0WhlV;4gzaHPB*mdk$NO?H{6V=rCZ$P>(5Ij0GfSVL z5?FM+2M?3BF-2H}aS9_=sA;w+6@i~UVgNC8&SGXU{~_anWSBhN%A zj}6fTcsdwXNffH5R9@hgY<$>!?~eK23@U}G2KhB|gjNU|8T%@%2l z-r15L)zzWuZ3YAAL%+b&TC{doJ<#Ak*&jCw&WjXl&dbc@WlNy6;~+vL|AqD=bD@CF z+9;Mgvh-k19*P_{RpXR!HTL> zEx~xivVkC34i1bB;^e4%8sAD=;kbYfRrkL*2{HUIZ?i)E^a(pEEc?tNRZB#fxDVEP zZt6-=vRaY6m;*a13(QmLb{DT;!C}txTr70435olDj04W#z+k09)?opbKS(PIA#aAZmq&hCD_46qOYH6IHwc_>7msp8u*POv)WAJB!WdzO&l{3 z#l3brEM5E$z8tLsnYJ@?TKkgEtbvK$@MSbTu7H>2n(^YEG@?vmraBn51Lu9NHj@LC z&YwqYg>7EMQ!d0S%&Ighn|x8E9E46$^D$Mb@5q%v%~fv7qGG=V#Xc?qU|qk@`c?{X zO2`}3qw!Ar)CifMT^|x*8ny(O^S}wcASLx%M(NH-5_;`VnCuSac>5L=roR5#4xdSf zENK#4&LYep{3`Xs!irVL>(Ym+bn{HbNA^Z4Nhu6eE#q^>rUN3GT~nK*_c67suzr0Ll~DN{sHIGm)C4Vx@l{&{0aJWS9g`RjlR0rQ~U@c%A+_8GBiZwPF9a8 zXmV+`Xt)ccz<^+uO}j2npCf(p)mV-;wA+4ewlvpm?(^ca5$oV4WMr&lYmB*FJLf7K zRGss5M<|e4!tYQXuUN7GznfmBN5KK-P~fXfJK`U|7e@#z^vgx$#suEs1D7kB{sQ$4 z3`h7Av5v;-FfF1l0#y}q0y#(R3qFud}7$Q{Kws=vy4rtRkA;ya{x=l(!@0Rj& zFMmBTy*Nnc9r^)fh#19qFkClRP)iXtLgz!bTH4->{;dir*S$*qr(W(M{O z3tQ$Swdc7=_r=>w{OW*+;?s^WH-C&&sjV;Q4UAiAi54h+gF<-EXTj~>@!{8nQnD8K z$R=7I@IDUVeC@>^Y#s8e%*`)Wks@Y-MxIs5x*|0!skykFv;!8jwbw+IC->79(sJ67f38 zyzj5A+|4IFMDfYV4yo+EOmNAKxd74rB2`yFCLhrxq8D%@AFD`TqBVn-leRM_9Ip6U>8k-AHe+F0uqIsXYg z7+v6+CDej;lGZ?ijk^s0?F>lMd4y>YUOu0yF$H2De>5gV4McD#gZCa4nY2{qVBCn@ zuXjjl+6K03l80XFt@5jvk@*Ks-UYhQ1fH0t00`Fs>_Vg+rWdGyMF?1zX3~RP;eLqa z+Z&&2%DW`R)K>D|M9t>`GP~R(VGrPV;w>cg52V;I9|OYjFs3utTCAkBJ#C`|*w}tS zFVeVK9$f{vbW@CZ>$GNl*Y<^CXnQITp?2~UI5^_hT&Du?xC5n6^PLI9M-w1A0(|=e&>#X zLyqwwOxSqY1ghOekb`RkimTOGKF-$!`wigiuEA^+3GQl<+H?w!aDecsVzfRaZaDwl zRRq(o5nu)4fbKrJFlIyV!E;yKV$4&x3o4aZiZynRc_2Eh{n`=m&v3&z4f6~csWPtMi$f| zF)AhBp;p6+i|5Dfp*|FF=xD)qcu{fDkC^=J*z zH4B4d4%Ni3de@}oqsi_c5F3_^c{$3R0r3hY*@oeK72d{0Ok}^rhlCzwPCD3o|2n6( zL}w#=w-AbgF?N4)kK5o*SSQ+?wOT?Gds93~fj+0>w)av(R9XkdCa=wm_(G=$d)1yl zyP}(&Mmt($1iYDyPBT?}B&X3>B+!U9Ltk%zX6PR_ww?iGmH0cFIqLd4X8^!(>&8t- z`^QN&^)6+cP{DH1_lN-F5TOy)%{a?4E<@{b@=Z)8qa-vh{Ijc6f8|GY94QtiLAh!W zRVPOupj=-@y=PWy$f~MAL#paBbXML_bTn8qVe`9x(SZo*J}@%*q(X4mFQPNRfVN3P zA8I(I(!0cCIYQ^|XB))-V!#6DBVuoPtBgwH7GS*pimOCHdMoFArT^g8p3wlA16a|$ ztRiXj%ka{agpnk;^rPBbZqoyv{Mz`%4HGEs+9rFd&R+j0Wcv6w5A?Q`i7DWF&R&sp zVY#+bjdIWlMsUKBG99Tj3QM4W`u};bu!WK{jIGOz%u_024_z9d;~R|h`FNE9y_J%7 zTS!8pfl{ryJE7vC2jIfmuVw&u7wuIi)CpWnt13B>%8;5x)5a17mc{A*rB)|3fNIjf zN|WQIH2Yu7=3w6>V5erwfUW0ioB7LCn^0*|>(zsJ-7_Klrgaz^%rMsy|jv}djbqyi1mmX zXBk#iH3M))S>xp)Ze!h@Wp=eo_lG3M;d8ud(zE~dFUsQ9)Soz%-2tm2*{8eel|An8 z2fd6d3FuClrgwW>^E^$HwmNGbk}~bwRm9;4k9o0oA^^DHO`}IX#iT9gOI8BEW&5vs zKis~<`gPP%sxxYT^R(-DV65oLW%?+Cr-B>j83bXU!x3x%Xh-%s|FAtEliKs|GZcd?D96pfBx7-~W40h#xB4Lx#>$`#_2`LWDjIJFQTk6XPz*MH z!;USZ8}@y`H=|9;idz~t|B((v9_ws;}?LLn!c z{31~w_M|Ta*+uelXgp`ToJ^-Suv{tf5|RWL-7SJX4J2&)gS-MoJlDx>Jo_ESSp{OY zB0fUSgp6eWO+jgEgR<26e=+0_LfAvlXj{v!yvaYqRCHpt_l`UOlI?HdGf6@SvS^W% zbvoLcPd`6pQWeegE2*eDM;2Y(%46)URwIw@>X^l4Y{* zshWzH!Z=`{OCCHnM#Y5*gpto=MVJS&n}%_Uf6s1#b&AhYrf9;Hj^!krYslrSUFAX# zi>%N#*Q5Z&MR85OU1Q#W-&@d{W~sxk5^IV#)em)BmxV*YP6bGQM@ho@>a7igQ@kU} z&2$L2kv%U+j5#2;-RE?!H_;v;*(tWgKIzPBW|t9Inbz^ZEG=rD0LDY7B=0Na-%u+C zDyJqMcO9H+d`T_hs9YwhVqK literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/lib/sort.obj b/data/new-stack/lib/sort.obj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..063da99799ee64d7114d1db4bda89769864ef138 GIT binary patch literal 851 zcmV-Z1FZZ@P(w?c1^@to0000#JOC#DVV(`3k}CVWm6ntCICt?Tk}=*NFrT_^ZEz}h zSmGB!i#s2uPNz$M7QruMM9xH}X#*fRElTrnv}+S_wepB6e6aoemB;F}6J`Q~y;TR0 zm@+!WK0h4t1)rn=ti!}rg`UCG8~9>jRt0VQ9887Hn6g^kC;7bV*b^qSXQPDnLoQ;J zVl*np5oflR;81(9cPMtjDZYr|z)@W@$I=0k!X8N`<=@L_PBR|P%C+C3X!b;=nem{~ zF=Qmx*YR>CyP>Tk2|z5ZrE0LTUcFtdW-i&cXz%S<)C^DR@Yy*n_`F|BB?q#CU5=+Y z)30eqRxPAdzlAH62*IIth~dwZ2?I5Md1@UW8YIC83Isw3=WwyBmN5)iq{3jfD1cPa zBZmBi$$rXe25}7vIK!3M&F_k+I&;G|a;u0Lli2HJ5nMX3r<7$d;wu|9DY}CSCO;B@ z=aXVT`$lW5^s5N*z*4<4W_=^T!hWvqxnhB*>BzKVTXa2c>L6{eUx@hLnY@ z1R~rIblVF{J_GjQkrvz-80sqTqEf3#hjC#_ApEh}n2-x4a|9Z&+L)VfXHnp%H`Pe1 z>=JP5;e(TzWEkte!6d(MCEG8M6>BSuzv^N;YYbYF)J)KNbmbPWhcd-t5LrkgvR2YG zd1pIq@y$l-_*X4hpP2{a&V1`O$vIf-P~qtXLdA9#oA9$j1X6K(Y7#H_sF*JnN}g#*_WP)P41%jJ10e z /@1 +Demos > /@4 +Graphics > /@6 +Sound and music > /@7 +Development > /@8 +System > /@10 +Data processing > /@14 +Network > /@15 +Other > /@18 +Help /rd/1/docpak +Run application /rd/1/run +Shutdown /rd/1/end +#1 **** GAMES **** +Logical games > /@2 +Arcades > /@3 +Spectrum emulator /rd/1/e80 +Memory Blocks /rd/1/games/mblocks +FreeCell /rd/1/games/freecell +Pipes /rd/1/games/pipes +Kosilka /rd/1/games/kosilka +RockeT ForceS /rd/1/games/rforces +Find Numbers /rd/1/games/FindNumbers +#2 **** LOGICAL GAMES **** +C4 /rd/1/games/c4 +15 /rd/1/games/15 +Mine /rd/1/games/mine +Just Clicks /rd/1/games/clicks +Checkers /rd/1/games/checkers +SQ_GAME /rd/1/games/sq_game +Color Lines /rd/1/games/lines +Lights /rd/1/games/lights +Criss-Cross /rd/1/games/kox +Flood-it! /rd/1/games/flood-it +MegaMaze /rd/1/games/megamaze +Sea Fight /rd/1/games/sw +Sudoku /rd/1/games/sudoku +Go-moku /rd/1/games/gomoku +Reversi /rd/1/games/reversi +#3 **** ARCADES **** +Tetris /rd/1/games/tetris +Pong /rd/1/games/pong +New Pong /rd/1/games/pong3 +Red Square /rd/1/games/rsquare +Xonix /rd/1/games/xonix +ArcanII /rd/1/games/arcanii +Phenix /rd/1/games/phenix +Snake /rd/1/games/snake +#4 **** DEMOS **** +3D > /@5 +Fire /rd/1/demos/fire +Circle /rd/1/demos/circle +Fractal /rd/1/demos/tinyfrac +Color demo /rd/1/demos/colorref +Eyes /rd/1/demos/eyes +Tube /rd/1/demos/tube +Plasma /rd/1/demos/plasma +Moveback /rd/1/demos/movback +Life /rd/1/demos/life2 +TranTest /rd/1/demos/trantest +WEB /rd/1/demos/web +FireWork /rd/1/demos/firework +UnvWater /rd/1/demos/unvwater +#5 **** 3D demos **** +ScreenSaver /rd/1/3d/crownscr +3D-cube /rd/1/3d/3dcube2 +3D-labyrinth /rd/1/3d/free3d04 +3DSHeart /rd/1/3d/3dsheart +View3DS /rd/1/3d/view3ds +CubeLine /rd/1/3d/cubeline +3D-textured cube 2 /rd/1/3d/cubetext +Gears /rd/1/3d/gears +FlatWave /rd/1/3d/flatwav +3D-waved area /rd/1/3d/3dwav +#6 **** GRAPHICS **** +Image viewer /rd/1/media/kiv +Animage /rd/1/media/animage +#7 **** AUDIO **** +MidAMP /rd/1/media/midamp +CD player /rd/1/media/cdp +#8 **** PROGRAMMING **** +Examples > /@9 +Tools > /@20 +#9 **** EXAMPLES **** +Threads /rd/1/develop/thread +IPC /rd/1/develop/ipc +Color slider /rd/1/demos/cslide +Console example 1 /rd/1/develop/testcon2 +Console example 2 /rd/1/develop/test_gets +Message Boxes example /rd/1/demos/use_mb +BGI Font demo /rd/1/fonts/bgitest +#10 **** SYSTEM **** +Settings > /@11 +System sensors > /@12 +Work with files > /@13 +Testing > /@19 +Accessibility opt. > /@21 +Debug board /rd/1/develop/board +#11 **** SETTINGS **** +Devices /rd/1/setup +Background generator /rd/1/pic4 +Colors & Skin /rd/1/desktop +Panel /rd/1/spanel +Icons manager /rd/1/icon +MyKey /rd/1/mykey +Video mode for ATI /rd/1/vmode +#12 **** SYSTEM SENSORS **** +Process manager /rd/1/cpu +PCI devices /rd/1/pcidev +Test graphics speed /rd/1/mgb +CPUID /rd/1/cpuid +Ghost Monitor /rd/1/gmon +K. Bus disconnected /rd/1/kbd +HDD informer /rd/1/hdd_info +Read HDD /rd/1/hdread +#13 **** WORK WITH FILES **** +KFAR /rd/1/File Managers/kfar +KFM /rd/1/File Managers/kfm +Eolite /rd/1/File Managers/Eolite +SHELL console /rd/1/shell +Save RD image /rd/1/rdsave +#14 **** DATA PROCESSING **** +Calculator /rd/1/calc +TinyPad /rd/1/tinypad +Table Processor /rd/1/table +Graph builder /rd/1/graph +Hex-Editor /rd/1/develop/heed +#15 **** NET **** +Servers > /@16 +Clients > /@17 +Configuration /rd/1/network/stackcfg +Zero-Config /rd/1/network/zeroconf +Network status /rd/1/network/ethstat +ARP status /rd/1/network/arpstat +#16 **** SERVERS **** +SMTPS /rd/1/network/smtps +HTTPS /rd/1/network/https +FTPS /rd/1/network/ftps +#17 **** CLIENTS **** +TFTP client /rd/1/network/tftpc +Internet-chess /rd/1/network/chess +Internet downloader /rd/1/network/downloader +Text-based browser /rd/1/htmlv +NNTP-NewsGroups /rd/1/network/nntpc +TELNET /rd/1/network/telnet +POP - MAIL /rd/1/network/popc +IRC client /rd/1/network/airc +YAHOO messenger (demo) /rd/1/network/ym +JMail /rd/1/network/jmail +VNC client /rd/1/network/vncclient +DNS resolver /rd/1/network/nslookup +#18 **** OTHER **** +Analogue clock /rd/1/demos/aclock +Binary clock /rd/1/demos/bcdclk +Timer /rd/1/demos/timer +ScrShoot /rd/1/scrshoot +Calendar /rd/1/calendar +RTF reader /rd/1/rtfread +#19 **** SYSTEM TESTS **** +Protection test /rd/1/test +Monitor test /rd/1/disptest +#20 **** PROGRAMMING TOOLS **** +Archiver KPack /rd/1/kpack +Flat Assembler /rd/1/develop/fasm +ASCII-codes /rd/1/develop/keyascii +SCAN-codes /rd/1/develop/scancode +Hex2Dec2Bin /rd/1/develop/h2d2b +Debug Board /rd/1/develop/board +Debugger /rd/1/develop/mtdbg +#21 **** SYSTEM SPECIAL **** +Screen magnifier /rd/1/magnify +Screen keyboard /rd/1/zkey +Character table /rd/1/ASCIIVju +## diff --git a/data/new-stack/network/zeroconf.ini b/data/new-stack/network/zeroconf.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39b2aa5948 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/network/zeroconf.ini @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +[ipconfig] +; type should be static or zeroconf +; zeroconf means the service first tries to contact a DHCP server +; If dhcp is not available, it switches to link-local +type = zeroconf +ip = 10.0.2.15 +gateway = 10.0.2.2 +dns = 10.0.2.2 +subnet = 255.255.255.0 +[proxy] +; If Internet connection requires HTTP proxy, set it here +; and uncomment following lines: +;proxy = +;port = +; If proxy requires authentification, uncomment following lines too +; (otherwise, leave them commented): +;user = +;password= + diff --git a/data/new-stack/panel.dat b/data/new-stack/panel.dat new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc97f062a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/data/new-stack/panel.dat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +0000;0000;0001;0001;0001;0001;0100;0001;0001;0001;0001;0001;x \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/data/new-stack/setup.dat b/data/new-stack/setup.dat new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c94ae3ec5bde3b9d0f59c17f39a7eee748cf4b6d GIT binary patch literal 48 gcmZQzU|>*SW?%p!1_dSt1{NUAhy??s7`T8K01S%&UH||9 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/data/new-stack/vmode b/data/new-stack/vmode new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..0c964ece6a940ffc395fcad0f296c9b6ef8eb006 GIT binary patch literal 8628 zcmV;lAxqv%P(w>P%>V#_00001Mv*2LLXK;4&&M{@U$_eW+1y8Pk3cjoaVQK`Ow#R` z%}RkMpa-l-o3y%)S>2Z0lM^@>E_J=8+^Gp~$xv$=LIxKBDJ*ls56$i*7SF?T);~8g zwR>Y`Jy}2yAlBF}W+5jcAAIMJ8}8H=QDOG~OxMgWbz5??sBIBi)+zyP zch=XPIm5$+>-yD1c{&*fz;6m#%2W1z2|e%PQS;P`GC>c|wuURP)%ai-;gRb<;WOI} z%ov_r2!G_E-1RS^<%6S+3mFSv?}2l}&n?sIO#6z8>D)2}ow#Ley^GTmIuW7}C>cIh zM1?S!U3AV@A_SFC&xd*i+nlGJS2YQ#>5KIdagv!r;uQX^%RnEwUvDJO(isXz2K_qa zQ)c*__@IpB@~B?q-ekvwa1U{$Wl}{gOM>^Ix1~FE*Kc@gyB=%DgM$b117_83=@u%N z#5n4T85YtJkcEb2)d7NlLE;R)C3p81W$gO0o8txpJ9a#v*JYTmNj%?hol7P314Qey z8n7^PNxuxw|FJNB`3yi1URUXG2q;_;;!?rD#FprKpHOfVuUfdSjE~K)c?1@$%H42E zPRIqBqQh3{@L9$h_hQt~e^G@eBEK53<6DK)$>SICnTNQ=g=08tu&TD;P+Lz725d(E8gZ?vezazkwYPm*M0h2e|My)qEfu?0`o;x{!22Bwp3pfyfRV; zgnsHXrG21@@1gM( zRxkhFI7z$CO0nau`PF;{gX*Rq{p83DXqRjklStV-cMV*8K$8JWtb)kP{M_`c16-X2 z9#xg3`ceTxP&Xu79eJRwO&rrc{Y$jM!m9wgg>ZL(`?1RQ?UrdZ&KByU-{+w5-#~k= zm%!!lI{wz_MpD~ZC-T36v7UF$m1^Pc&)$D=i?t%tjwD&a0o1E`bwIzaz-tLp^Mt{W zJig(%Gg-Ifip*PG(e!JynX~j1(xA38w4!f@JZVX7RBvr)^OkK6}H~Hwv3Ge;rHOFHO(4w4-LhlO1kJ!H8zB{e#u*V z_h6-z9k;(qNcLl|~3KGnu zv+tqkip(0C$vmOGA)Xv%i9LJizZ6C1sy6L19Ocrq6l;G-;b^V%WIs}VK+C=-9yk%! zsayvmKJ3XwjLOhEGZ#7|b>xy+sTVL;??{xj z-A?z2K!b8ZC%t$MXGELCb)d0cFt!6~P}I?JHRl$|8uZ!)W(wUJ%WEF9+!&x?{Qc)F zK_9Q~C6P7ySc{I@Rz*{L9b7Y|%QsS^TC~$?X`y3*!X^%;8-T+yFbvMPX7@#gDKRXE zT41?KzwnI!iFBi*WjREAi?;Q#tB^$s)S6Edr_5rz6v1~Y?MGO}*8YBn98XTle;cVyS9*o=CCJdS0@bRnW+xl6pawFj!mV@4_twE zHRg2K;|POv^e)(ii{)bwTDN$Ag7;x#vxX)fTJqgwAmj2Nz^65jo&b8H*E_Sbtv+?3 z4k3l9YnKSSW1!!S2%ge9a+JM7hhpNvfV_k{y)@+tXKHOzhigWyM_iS$d7Ts;{} zb<5slZpQIbuBdW8uN`Jcoa@FTbgDa_s$X?XoGArmNUt5@F0FuxJ8PEJ1iQAe#h1s_ z+K|N9hUv;R@g;S6=kE!9(P(&9_M0;nIBQ*DI7qs|F07mctETvp%>pJ*p?l7v8VGvw zj%|~J+e8zX&y#(ZK9@{EQUG(r5K}9C27XzRSx48>3!m^fWhohE3sU*PlNMax(JPOL z&q`#3_#tK8bLRMsd_xyD6aX3bGq$-#*zcSx_uY7qlQ4z^s-Bt`plfmPN^=|AKk2=; zo9zJT8>B)N@C>ATI#|3t;a2zllunF^5^v0%!Qpu}xhyQdb49yA{oX&Ay;RnY*RBR$ z!jAq$THbLWV+XcyynSw}`Qpiostzr7U0D;_p*!r={}a&05Y2%J%i-r{LfJaGePR!`&0_&l-!k#@i2-B&=@R$rx2WxJcy`v z)YfxXyyBv8oi2Us4`(e2=1atB*|Ylre!wP(nrlF9gVwfd7;P-t97R_}`(4ivdr9*+ zzHxpp_T94yjh7M&!V~nY_PwP`4>sJ>TG`z0$HZ_DN3@K3rIoI@!-nP&#i)mMjMQSc z103ll2?<6k@lEKi($MenT_!73z)q}6|GEc#c7$_ZxdNHuO1{Fp!BWf5X@;1t3MC3W z9q&VAhUAym&y~O1TjUVz0wHX%4=W{9artW)_5oM)EQmi%Nm`|RAN%llU7tbN}S(R&cRo(6mV~06-~TSlaeWpUx`mHr?;ul!>BYJIx7LzE7zAr zU?wvTuS_XoNuZB3skHIBz3H?nmGzt_dudn~QjzPhe{y z<4H)FlgG)S6BTep15hXwMsKHvW+Dc7Jh<PXYYvm^os20lw7f&&emWH3X z=^}w8rkrV-)Y7+I{MEyfZr~Ejm~!0WEW1*~SjBvf+gc6sU#NXEU41TcmR80~>wheW zDjhC=)rxA9X@e_yjsD^6Zj9zPL3@k>^-yD~f^QQgglr$zhDaq~7~VyQZ`)uMAfH-h z*B6TPH8F6ge)yQ*3Re3CqD!r;0a+7rI^vvP!6J?NDrA|m*rGok1tjenc}5aZ@1hTI zawrK1a+sVhY|2&kkqvBZU$urC+aU(CW!Dt+A+YEpX=0~@8d6Jz< zL3ns9=&-J6{&@{-hZ+x0&`WSzVzUeoMEK1>zrS$lF$=}yyxPvV&I*e0qz@tWc)8H5 z9g_A+gk)O_egikKrV%~0c2VNls=y= zvsFyI$SmwCQf@hH-vkWbm)Up{^!`3s+C@`#A`mRiB?sAsMe0RcMA_SCvmsBZy!-lol? zkf>S5P&Dat1A_d~4suZuZZLY>IgX7iKeXeA8qjr~xhK&5@iyxs)m4|#hvpr=!`6|2 zg~5n1`jcKhZyi^B@@Jnb38^kNT@=wBbXT=GYgzZFRpneJZZ_5o{^&=>MJCMKK1fW?DBg>b>;65K?27l*)CHE*%D14+(-lrNCJ{hKfgjJqJ zOWl}yh1Ctv3&jwfM(FHurcmz&Cmv->Vo(Vf%IdbH`s9f&`#qaIuPi*aGDXU{rSCxi zL_3&jd8ZQ@c*OpySFigsg47F$Z}gqN)7qBh*ZFoa?-Q~wKtz#acO@Vo7R0E!$62#iObr`_zpuWMVT135<0RVoPh68CE?{S(wA@QSjI8I zkLDRsry_;Umh7u0Fw8@BUEn<)o?YOF8!aWP&f95U!If zpcYg`FLkM%G1~XY5kvX*y5|}^#FEla_HTlr>rXkp#*ox!@3j1XW7)%kmHj$X$NY@UUC#n)*WWQ4kcNM%K*HTjCpL@6qtt}7*+nG^ zKbgyY`B_cAx>PpR-l2}Pm5+_gcJza%E-bh3Va%H?p)e0;>c%k#I;dT%a3#p9!9~zl zFJP-vV&6G~y;qDgo`Pm)(Tcpx-`apj__J9jGBQAGNEYAUg}Z{ooGq8~@@<<%`)y~? zzAwKpgAg?u3^rp4>ET-_Ve6h}U`o92`~pn&zW;Ez5;QLh`!*YMtWK^de2J8wv7-pn z>3u^t=OwjAml{ukXJCrQdCeIxk$xubGR%#8M-M|DSB?spDml&K0ZURPw_+edmBdZ3!6+a?CT0|>$F|a?Pi3jW#J1Zb!++L}Z8`?MC21)=N{U^PDdcmtivtUa0 z0Z<09e(H~gs1;4%)k>qBI>o%-U2vi=EGB$7QL*Mf^4Duk)+~!1xAEwp)1M;eX5eTJ zU1%fHZK<%Z`P-)pnoiu`j!ToBLrV=a(cM2M_Q(reaOp?^+`Zn13!uEqVvI5bD5X(A zes#O$@w5cf%B6MRu( zncQ6iLeEfk0&~|Wvt83o6n|sbAdMyCAwzOB2E^|SZtm=YUzYV9-yKc|LLE)L>J6Kh zz8q@$`7QX^2v?IUrn$aPO!1F(s`P$BRPoV<6mh#WRQ?0kggwhQ_jz|L)VVp+e4Q>e z{D+_z^tR5l><)vuxIdypzW8yw@_@*r^p4tHI*kq1StJimLU#meGVh&1&4H6u2k4bhDdf5hZ# z+?s)jqnSRg^v3uT%L*>s*t4@+#FK=m+P<~;Ol}k3D#5)z+^ItpNICX!M9y5En{^n3 z=V;j3h2SY&8$E>XOg*L?`LPF}XOl%Qr~5%Rp$BZ&?wmdQ-!siLNBB8T$v$aRF;R{2X2(A*HqkhjSan)0mji~A%O8;|#{ zf))?-a%m=@0!Ga3G3gPa(+ZV@Eh?Q!o1IHSRplN~L=(q4thdA>0WDMiUE<~;YA#?= zi+i8E`;|fp8u+-n2G^Yrf?3Qq8>y*lPfX7h(zRP?!Xsr0?pJTQ! zo5{R-8Lrv#hXU?^K09K^HQdJ=nXl>pZIfax%yI+_nRYtz`|5i2@b0MY_J>!1#+KqL zAH+{yBOYvCc0UpofG|GemAuEbiU#ugl^YZdU4~!+F^1G4d^R4ea-v+Q#PvRX9vEqy_RgnEB)c%#a z%o$!+^Q!EDja=_}u7@s(x5Hf9!pSRs{5fNA?|(8aGA-gdvAanTEmy5rwL&?skfQ4M zIJ7ktrHGBb^EyoYGNz54+*Asn+Mgn76 z_-MP=U!{x_-F$hhWiF!v%iyboGnA1zr(J}=I_ccb+C?Co7%lE=!mg_4wqbyngvMMz zt?R(_<(mbG1;O3*i=sl`-ynt^Kv&#zT1c{;xr7Zd-de5p$baQD(Rx{S{X-e*`TkRo z6D|b00;`@(SKjr;$j)2?W%9p)IS&ZgVk`VDU1FK_24_Gp#18LlFU=dTk+}Yx9U&onz!1NJb zPStBcj>K~z>)E-_(XZsjea9V&S(n-Di4$Y(DjPlB3({^!CW**M(w|1cdBOBG2cEWA z8=*m#V2l8T-4y1>sTBB1WB1azcJ?}Z&?~42LcMQHJ?_QQj*x4m@IC@`RQ@^%K0f%l z?yG^=q-H#26XWh|M$H%E5KnPKoB+b3b?Ls@1~uGu7mqaL7=hC?%?#6}EGUoA0l94#{^hDtzO(-5wWVCB`$~+0a=M z-G$GScmE>w)wae-KDD(C%1mn7ENQhe*% z+JrB!PZrs2=yZ!e#|HZ)Rd177KdfSvE1XNJlVTP}dS87A+yIUapao^X6hm-`$o-OS z4&(L5YD(y!MEQS!r0&;g_>9*}Zlpc(q=S7obL9-vo83ka44PC2w)q!100sk>v-wBJ~B8cek^^Rs^$lc@c`b{$^xpu-cGBNT~rl zW2fh5Fz(5_eXkZ0e>>AfIK~pCI`tb3;mQcK%eFIn7ZQO_u!b|>ItX*=;tyyw5%|>p zNv2Ov$_4p1-%{pM%sgt16ocRuuXN0ztWMA)T znq=My<+)k6eR_Xy5E?F(fFpKAlvqh5`-gd<5*7leZnJXCSRJx#x?PAd5ZgIms*39} z(eqEBJ`5JYfJmeuqrS!LsDrf(Mf)tfmQUFsI9CUI~a_QndBk)4K!LT zLnNQ@aA0yn=_jJAomb&Fd2*hQp(zkNugg& zc!rNvjxBxp@91$F(oBByx`ks5ocpg`hD1C5Fotsn;OMeqOB(-p4zyx3fWYLepNmV4 zGBP1xI&7*abglXAKR+m?KaC<)Re`hX3SOq-JCxUj!niC${3r&jD>xl4MCe!*he-cr z-)?cKlM)}`!R^)5T-iWu{nFP*=4P9vx)grZH;{+%SUwmcBDgYmp4(**AzhVuU@R)o zJ>}<;BT~N;U20si*&2bX(ao`nQ?vEQ%p2;ZpAJuw*kYb05V^7NB-3A?=*+3AaL5F) zdysKF|2&))A6se*=BZmftxY%QRnC$2rY?#J#^2JQPlajGnLyJxVa57X=xrgoGP8$J z69eq@AM0$w;hPx(&+y1KZCf8>>J|&59NWpry%;YC!%iUa(!JOm4Kf0fs=*s-W-i4S z!NcNLjvXE`bJ5?Cp|h`Qc4G=u7Uv5(>mH1KZMKdC-4l5CjKd+unA#>Ac558lw8FC{ zczh3;S5MF)0PlJ+mQ;O!BpI)@9(i+>RDnoj&IUy_CFNkN@n&@e~8OLHq zSZ74@(4>3pqbf1F;cAGF*`=kMe`tYe=xGm)GwnmuwYj0WiyIZo@)@IsL$+k;gAlw+ zv|%o>SJyW>-N917_jsLSJ2ei|#(uE!g)cPSQLtgokC1U_{C3O@iKAC=yHKu`hf0W4 zh^A3B@oIswYZsOku?%C|pX)H}p2CH}D6Sl=&l)H6a!U7J6 z3bt_gq|UCxb_!udDRLG=2tEGSHUG0b_N#4u`>JVlPL{BUYFVEVf$GB4H@-_#xZ|0P zT>-O46SHEKci`p3f zRwjq9vSebHRj<_|#fqgvn3Jyggr*n^BDq^;GPa^h7@1l<;Br$Yt5GXF<_>j4_$B{P zi)_-Q)7pzlv0g8rNjafQ%C6ea&V>M?{mFZ_d83!X>5g8-l>_64JLt9GtW0mrBecW* z&NJqi_duAet26nMv*35autTGoK?_;mY<%`yH_IVFSFfFm?U4t7y(V z3-_x7+GI93G!n}gdK4pQ>P5DL*tY^_&8SY>V0>Dt{#k_J5n@u#eq;DLf*++Tr-MUS zip8R(?{hb;Fs%;f)ghmlP9x#Glh+Sxg=_&hD_~FyNq|wn^5wMUYAV0WNlto07fwJ+ z7I27?F;p_aPK0G5KTHO^DjQ;KikddJgqU@9vC)~>*gL8PiXUNct{r#VVktnxxx`^5 zv&dwBhog#=a@ets&@Xa`wnA_@=dx|E&_)7JH!@EvVvfb&zWRJ+hC>!ZR*2) zwD}OA{SZ(>A5A-AE+n3DvJQe8lV}!b!s)0Lz8=nL7Tlg?7xRYj`>w+j6!Euka;33A zpVk+WOhD&b#B&kJas3-UoB*Bj&VIwt$dmcvt^`({2ZOz{I6w#A9y$cm5Np*Ehn@Aa zLh|SBN+9$X#dQoA(cu;d5Ss46$t*_zZ_zjjjV~&Nr?K*oS4rng^6Ud=YK=% zCjZD}LuEDT``HK^<#j&enVM{kX)gR?1ZzRPpbW7>!g8pPfwYw(N%m9;8OX8lryTxX zA*G=!n{FGGj>jxg;)gT}xw$cGT7IYnx@^xSd}8{$4MmS4p1P|B?J$k`460`W!y&~4 zELk4>CBKsOk6FNLy9Wa%Xm6U=YidH?c%`zuELoHH3|$+*R(>%EI|f+sGS)<&&t0q; z#1DioQ)w)qD?5poIa3H$zlxje~Rs_!ri&RcBIT`WH zDg`aIS+o*080~E8H9M-%2xPNnGNr4@ zTlIZ(pvpqVVn@-zn&)0i6_P;ErW=-U6jwXVXoFyrS)xGehxZM}X`Xfi5;~0q1ngJ= G0000SwA^6; literal 0 HcmV?d00001